+++ /dev/null
- Booting ARM Linux
- =================
-
-Author: Russell King
-Date : 18 May 2002
-
-The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond.
-
-In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small
-program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected
-to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel,
-passing information to the kernel.
-
-Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
-following:
-
-1. Setup and initialise the RAM.
-2. Initialise one serial port.
-3. Detect the machine type.
-4. Setup the kernel tagged list.
-5. Load initramfs.
-6. Call the kernel image.
-
-
-1. Setup and initialise RAM
----------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders: MANDATORY
-New boot loaders: MANDATORY
-
-The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
-kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs
-this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms
-to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
-the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
-sees fit.)
-
-
-2. Initialise one serial port
------------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
-New boot loaders: OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
-
-The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the
-target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect
-which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally
-used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.)
-
-As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console='
-option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and
-serial format options as described in
-
- Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst.
-
-
-3. Detect the machine type
---------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL
-New boot loaders: MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
-
-The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
-method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
-looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
-The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
-value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This
-should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
-
-For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
-tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly
-necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
-
-4. Setup boot data
-------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED
-New boot loaders: MANDATORY
-
-The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for
-passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the
-boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2.
-
-4a. Setup the kernel tagged list
---------------------------------
-
-The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list.
-A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE.
-The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag
-has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set
-the size field to zero.
-
-Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined
-whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the
-previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its
-entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter.
-
-The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of
-the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the
-minimum tagged list should look:
-
- +-----------+
-base -> | ATAG_CORE | |
- +-----------+ |
- | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address
- +-----------+ |
- | ATAG_NONE | |
- +-----------+ v
-
-The tagged list should be stored in system RAM.
-
-The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither
-the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite
-it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM.
-
-4b. Setup the device tree
--------------------------
-
-The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram
-at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The
-dtb format is documented in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt.
-The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb
-physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a
-tagged list.
-
-The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the
-system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be
-placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not
-overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered
-by the kernel's low-memory mapping.
-
-A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM.
-
-5. Load initramfs.
-------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL
-New boot loaders: OPTIONAL
-
-If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in
-a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it
-while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's
-low-memory mapping.
-
-A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will
-be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as
-recommended above.
-
-6. Calling the kernel image
----------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders: MANDATORY
-New boot loaders: MANDATORY
-
-There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage
-is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash,
-then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash
-directly.
-
-The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The
-kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended
-that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate
-prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly
-faster.
-
-When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter.
-In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal
-to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET.
-
-In any case, the following conditions must be met:
-
-- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
- corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save
- you many hours of debug.
-
-- CPU register settings
- r0 = 0,
- r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above.
- r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or
- physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM
-
-- CPU mode
- All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
-
- For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
- CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel)
-
- CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
- entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
- these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
- unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
- hypervisor.
-
- If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
- entered in SVC mode.
-
-- Caches, MMUs
- The MMU must be off.
- Instruction cache may be on or off.
- Data cache must be off.
-
- If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
- the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
- kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the
- hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
- peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
- possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
- should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
- virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
-
-- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
- directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
-
- On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be
- made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel.
-
- On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as
- Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state.
+++ /dev/null
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor
-
-Maintained by Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@plexity.net>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-1. Overview
-
-Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that
-is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular
-in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power
-consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors
-that support different network offload functions such as encryption,
-routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which
-supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more
-integration such as an on-chip I2C controller.
-
-For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see:
-
- http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm
-
-Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx
-stripped of much of the network intelligence.
-
-2. Linux Support
-
-Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips:
-
-- Dual serial ports
-- PCI interface
-- Flash access (MTD/JFFS)
-- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x
-- GPIO for input/output/interrupts
- See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions.
-- Timers (watchdog, OS)
-
-The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and
-require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software:
-
-- USB device interface
-- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc)
-- Network offload functionality
-
-If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
-software from:
-
- http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
-
-DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY
-SOFTWARE.
-
-There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
-Intel's software:
-
- http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
- Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries
-
-http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/
- Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux
-
-http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/
- ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries
-
-3. Known Issues/Limitations
-
-3a. Limited inbound PCI window
-
-The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface
-can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if
-you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible
-range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c.
-
-3b. Limited outbound PCI window
-
-IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space:
-
-1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB).
- To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR
- into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl]
- macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it
- limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be
- problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
-
-2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be
- configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows
- for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus.
- The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires
- three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some
- cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot
- mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature
- of the PCI window.
-
-By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If
-you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option.
-
-3c. GPIO as Interrupts
-
-Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts
-
-4. Supported platforms
-
-ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform
-http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
-
- The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building
- small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100
- interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL
- interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected
- via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally,
- the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards.
- Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
-
-Gateworks Avila Network Platform
-http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
-
- The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
- replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
- the expansion bus.
-
-Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
-http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm
-
- This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is
- also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
- of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
-
-Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
-http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
-
- This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
- of just 16.
-
-Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
-
- This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller
- added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only
- have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI
- adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either
- the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does
- a pivot_root to NFS.
-
-Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
-http://www.fountainsys.com
-
- The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
- and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
- contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
- plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
- supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
-
-5. TODO LIST
-
-- Add support for Coyote IDE
-- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts
-- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus
-
-6. Thanks
-
-The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc.
-
-The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc:
-
-Lennerty Buytenhek
-Lutz Jaenicke
-Justin Mayfield
-Robert E. Ranslam
-[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added]
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Last Update: 01/04/2005
+++ /dev/null
-2.5.2-rmk5
-----------
-
-This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the
-major architecture-specific subsystems.
-
-Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the
-MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately -
-we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer),
-and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry).
-There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to
-allow more flexible TLB handling for the future.
-
-Secondly, the IRQ subsystem.
-
-The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled.
-Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[]
-array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every
-machine type that we currently have.
-
-Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have:
-
- GPIO25 IRR:2
- SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111
- IIR:1
- -----------> USAR
- IIR:0
- -----------> SMC9196
-
-The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually
-exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the
-SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to
-finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an
-IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and
-SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector
-data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the
-SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely.
-
-
-The new approach brings several new ideas...
-
-We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example,
-to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d
-are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR.
-
-We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of
-the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the
-SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for
-GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for
-the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name).
-This structure has the following operations:
-
-struct irqchip {
- /*
- * Acknowledge the IRQ.
- * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ
- * as well.
- */
- void (*ack)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Mask the IRQ in hardware.
- */
- void (*mask)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Unmask the IRQ in hardware.
- */
- void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Re-run the IRQ
- */
- void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Set the type of the IRQ.
- */
- int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type);
-};
-
-ack - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs
- handled by do_level_IRQ.
-mask - required.
-unmask - required.
-rerun - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all
- IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger
- the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler
- directly.
-type - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ,
- it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to
- set the IRQ type.
-
-For each IRQ, we keep the following information:
-
- - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s)
- - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe,
- noautounmask) as before
- - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc)
- - chip
- - per-IRQ handler
- - irqaction structure list
-
-The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and
-"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special.
-
-The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple.
-"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you
-need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing
-further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The
-"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware
-manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the
-SMC9196 and USAR above.
-
-So, what's changed?
-
-1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array.
-
-2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected
- to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to
- only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if
- absolutely necessary.
-
- set_irq_chip(irq,chip)
-
- Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ
-
- set_irq_handler(irq,handler)
-
- Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple)
-
- set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler)
-
- Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically
- enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers).
-
- set_irq_flags(irq,flags)
-
- Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags.
-
- set_irq_type(irq,type)
-
- Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the
- SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge()
- function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in
- <linux/irq.h>
-
-3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type.
-
-4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead.
-
-5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the
- parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if
- the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should
- acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status.
-
-6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls
- (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ
- while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the
- "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes,
- the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must
- be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for
- details).
-
-7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h
-
-Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are
-hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same
-parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based
-solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency.
-
+++ /dev/null
-ARM Marvell SoCs
-================
-
-This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently
-supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of
-SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support
-for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document
-tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to
-match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available.
-
-Orion family
-------------
-
- Flavors:
- 88F5082
- 88F5181
- 88F5181L
- 88F5182
- Datasheet : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf
- Programmer's User Guide : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf
- User Manual : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf
- 88F5281
- Datasheet : http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf
- 88F6183
- Core: Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-orion5x
- Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion
-
-Kirkwood family
----------------
-
- Flavors:
- 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
- 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
- 88F6190
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6192
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6182
- 88F6180
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6281
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
- Core: Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu
- Linux kernel plat directory: none
-
-Discovery family
-----------------
-
- Flavors:
- MV78100
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
- MV78200
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
- MV76100
- Not supported by the Linux kernel.
-
- Core: Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible
-
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0
- Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion
-
-EBU Armada family
------------------
-
- Armada 370 Flavors:
- 88F6710
- 88F6707
- 88F6W11
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
- Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf
- Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B
-
- Armada 375 Flavors:
- 88F6720
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf
- Core: ARM Cortex-A9
-
- Armada 38x Flavors:
- 88F6810 Armada 380
- 88F6820 Armada 385
- 88F6828 Armada 388
- Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/
- Functional Spec: https://marvellcorp.wufoo.com/forms/marvell-armada-38x-functional-specifications/
- Core: ARM Cortex-A9
-
- Armada 39x Flavors:
- 88F6920 Armada 390
- 88F6928 Armada 398
- Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
- Core: ARM Cortex-A9
-
- Armada XP Flavors:
- MV78230
- MV78260
- MV78460
- NOTE: not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
- Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf
- Hardware Specs:
- http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF
- http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF
- http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF
- Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP
-
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu
- Linux kernel plat directory: none
-
-EBU Armada family ARMv8
------------------------
-
- Armada 3710/3720 Flavors:
- 88F3710
- 88F3720
- Core: ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8)
-
- Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/PB-88F3700-FNL.pdf
- Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37*
-
- Armada 7K Flavors:
- 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110)
- 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110)
- Core: ARM Cortex A72
-
- Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf
- http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf
- Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70*
-
- Armada 8K Flavors:
- 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110)
- 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110)
- Core: ARM Cortex A72
-
- Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8020PB-Jan2016.pdf
- http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf
- Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80*
-
-Avanta family
--------------
-
- Flavors:
- 88F6510
- 88F6530P
- 88F6550
- 88F6560
- Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/broadband/
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf
- No public datasheet available.
-
- Core: ARMv5 compatible
-
- Linux kernel mach directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
- Linux kernel plat directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
-
-Storage family
---------------
-
- Armada SP:
- 88RC1580
- Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/
- Core: Sheeva ARMv7 comatible Quad-core PJ4C
- (not supported in upstream Linux kernel)
-
-Dove family (application processor)
------------------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf
- Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf
- Functional Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
- Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
- Core: ARMv7 compatible
-
- Directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms)
- arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms)
-
-PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
---------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core
- PXA270, PXA271, PXA272
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf
- Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf
- Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf
- Specification : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf
- Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core
- PXA300, PXA310, PXA320
- PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf
- PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf
- PXA 320 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf
- Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf
- Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip
- Specifications : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf
- Specification Update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip
- Reference Manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
- PXA930, PXA935
- Application processor with Communication processor
- Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
- PXA955
- Application processor with Communication processor
- Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
-
- Comments:
-
- * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
- Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x,
- PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while
- the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell.
-
- * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
- common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
- SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs.
-
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-pxa
- Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa
-
-MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor)
------------------------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168
- Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp
- Product brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf
- Hardware manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf
- Software manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf
- Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf
- Boot ROM manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf
- App node package : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
- PXA910/PXA920
- Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf
- Application processor with Communication processor
- Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
- PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core
- PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3 (OLPC XO4, Linux support not upstream)
- Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core
- PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream)
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
- PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream)
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core
- PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream)
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7
- PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53
-
- Comments:
-
- * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
- Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of
- this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell.
-
- * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
- common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
- SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above.
-
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mmp
- Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa
-
-Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions)
--------------------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support)
- Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com.cn/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf
- 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini
- Design name: BG2CD
- Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
- 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus
- Design name: BG2CDP
- Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7
- 88DE3100, Armada 1500
- Design name: BG2
- Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
- 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro
- Design name: BG2Q
- Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
- 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K
- Design name: BG3
- Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC
- 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra
- Core: ARM Cortex-A53
-
- Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions
- Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin
-
- Comments:
-
- * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs
- with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...).
-
- * The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017.
-
-CPU Cores
----------
-
-The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older
-PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house,
-and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out
-over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently
-got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores.
-
- XScale 1
- CPUID 0x69052xxx
- ARMv5, iWMMXt
- XScale 2
- CPUID 0x69054xxx
- ARMv5, iWMMXt
- XScale 3
- CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx
- ARMv5, iWMMXt
- Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk"
- CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x
- ARMv5TE, single issue
- Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon"
- CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x
- ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
- Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon"
- CPUID 0x5615571x
- ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
- Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D"
- CPUID 0x5625131x
- ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order
- Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk"
- CPUID 0x561584xx
- ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2
- Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon"
- CPUID 0x560f581x
- ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
- Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x
- CPUID 0x561f581x
- ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
- Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C
- CPUID 0x562f584x
- ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON
-
-Long-term plans
----------------
-
- * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the
- mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering
- Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/
- would therefore disappear.
-
- * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa
- directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear.
-
-Credits
--------
-
- Maen Suleiman <maen@marvell.com>
- Lior Amsalem <alior@marvell.com>
- Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
- Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
- Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
- Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
+++ /dev/null
-ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91)
-=============================
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are
-currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
-
-It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU
-product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel
-development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from
-the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
-git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
-
-
-AT91 SoCs
----------
-Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
-the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com.
-
- Flavors:
- * ARM 920 based SoC
- - at91rm9200
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf
-
- * ARM 926 based SoCs
- - at91sam9260
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9xe
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9261
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9263
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9rl
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf
-
- - at91sam9g20
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf
-
- - at91sam9g45 family
- - at91sam9g45
- - at91sam9g46
- - at91sam9m10
- - at91sam9m11 (device superset)
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
- - at91sam9g15
- - at91sam9g25
- - at91sam9g35
- - at91sam9x25
- - at91sam9x35
- + Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9n12
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf
-
- * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
- - sama5d3 family
- - sama5d31
- - sama5d33
- - sama5d34
- - sama5d35
- - sama5d36 (device superset)
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf
-
- * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
- - sama5d4 family
- - sama5d41
- - sama5d42
- - sama5d43
- - sama5d44 (device superset)
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf
-
- - sama5d2 family
- - sama5d21
- - sama5d22
- - sama5d23
- - sama5d24
- - sama5d26
- - sama5d27 (device superset)
- - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf
-
- * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
- - sams70 family
- - sams70j19
- - sams70j20
- - sams70j21
- - sams70n19
- - sams70n20
- - sams70n21
- - sams70q19
- - sams70q20
- - sams70q21
-
- - samv70 family
- - samv70j19
- - samv70j20
- - samv70n19
- - samv70n20
- - samv70q19
- - samv70q20
-
- - samv71 family
- - samv71j19
- - samv71j20
- - samv71j21
- - samv71n19
- - samv71n20
- - samv71n21
- - samv71q19
- - samv71q20
- - samv71q21
-
- + Datasheet
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001527A.pdf
-
-
-Linux kernel information
-------------------------
-Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
-MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support"
-
-
-Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
-------------------------------------
-All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
-must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
-
-Work In Progress statement:
-Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
-considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
-any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
-the same source tree.
-Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a
-definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
-This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
-
-Naming conventions and best practice:
-- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
- the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
-- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
- shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
- When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
- be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
- or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
-- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
- that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
- to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
+++ /dev/null
-NetWinder specific documentation
-================================
-
-The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed
-to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor,
-DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it.
-
-Port usage
-==========
-
-Min - Max Description
----------------------------
-0x0000 - 0x000f DMA1
-0x0020 - 0x0021 PIC1
-0x0060 - 0x006f Keyboard
-0x0070 - 0x007f RTC
-0x0080 - 0x0087 DMA1
-0x0088 - 0x008f DMA2
-0x00a0 - 0x00a3 PIC2
-0x00c0 - 0x00df DMA2
-0x0180 - 0x0187 IRDA
-0x01f0 - 0x01f6 ide0
-0x0201 Game port
-0x0203 RWA010 configuration read
-0x0220 - ? SoundBlaster
-0x0250 - ? WaveArtist
-0x0279 RWA010 configuration index
-0x02f8 - 0x02ff Serial ttyS1
-0x0300 - 0x031f Ether10
-0x0338 GPIO1
-0x033a GPIO2
-0x0370 - 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers
-0x0388 - ? AdLib
-0x03c0 - 0x03df VGA
-0x03f6 ide0
-0x03f8 - 0x03ff Serial ttyS0
-0x0400 - 0x0408 DC21143
-0x0480 - 0x0487 DMA1
-0x0488 - 0x048f DMA2
-0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write
-0xe800 - 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA
-
-
-Interrupt usage
-===============
-
-IRQ type Description
----------------------------
- 0 ISA 100Hz timer
- 1 ISA Keyboard
- 2 ISA cascade
- 3 ISA Serial ttyS1
- 4 ISA Serial ttyS0
- 5 ISA PS/2 mouse
- 6 ISA IRDA
- 7 ISA Printer
- 8 ISA RTC alarm
- 9 ISA
-10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button)
-11 ISA
-12 ISA WaveArtist
-13 ISA
-14 ISA hda1
-15 ISA
-
-DMA usage
-=========
-
-DMA type Description
----------------------------
- 0 ISA IRDA
- 1 ISA
- 2 ISA cascade
- 3 ISA WaveArtist
- 4 ISA
- 5 ISA
- 6 ISA
- 7 ISA WaveArtist
+++ /dev/null
-OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem
--------------------------
-
-This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap
-(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI,
-TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements
-also.
-
-The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB,
-panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live
-currently side by side, you can choose which one to use.
-
-Features
---------
-
-Working and tested features include:
-
-- MIPI DPI (parallel) output
-- MIPI DSI output in command mode
-- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output
-- SDI output
-- TV output
-- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel
-- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs
-- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output
-- OMAP DISPC planes
-- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked
-- YUV2, UYVY
-- Scaling
-- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock
-- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK
-
-Tested boards include:
-- OMAP3 SDP board
-- Beagle board
-- N810
-
-omapdss driver
---------------
-
-The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or
-such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level
-drivers can use.
-
-The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a
-flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to
-modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay
-managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA.
-
-omapdss driver support for audio
---------------------------------
-There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
-well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
-interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
-the functionality.
-
-The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
-IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
-some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
-audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
-intended to be called after audio_stop.
-
-While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
-certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
-VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
-the current configuration of the display supports audio.
-
-The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
-parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
-specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
-is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
-moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word
-and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support
-HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958.
-
-The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
-implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
-while holding a spinlock or a readlock.
-
-The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
-playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
-to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
-called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
-DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
-audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
-for playback are released using audio_disable.
-
-The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of
-the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
-then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
-play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
-rendered.
-
-
-Panel and controller drivers
-----------------------------
-
-The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not
-usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register
-themselves to the DSS driver.
-
-omapfb driver
--------------
-
-The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers.
-These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very
-dynamic display architecture.
-
-The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the
-ioctls in the old driver.
-
-The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final
-implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open.
-
-V4L2 drivers
-------------
-
-V4L2 is being implemented in TI.
-
-From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer
-driver.
-
-Architecture
---------------------
-
-Some clarification what the different components do:
-
- - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the
- pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color
- depth.
- - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the
- screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only
- part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if
- the overlay is smaller than the display.
- - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to
- display.
- - Display is the actual physical display device.
-
-A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data
-on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be
-the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any
-framebuffer can be connected to any overlay.
-
-An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be
-connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only
-connected to virtual overlays.
-
-An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain
-restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected:
-
- - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display.
- - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays.
- - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV
- display.
-
-Sysfs
------
-The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs
-interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know
-what would be the best interfaces for these things.
-
-The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB.
-
-/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory:
-mirror 0=off, 1=on
-rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
-rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation
-overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go
-phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer
-virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer
-size Size of the framebuffer
-
-/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory:
-enabled 0=off, 1=on
-input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size)
-manager Destination overlay manager name
-name
-output_size width,height
-position x,y
-screen_width width
-global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque
-
-/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory:
-display Destination display
-name
-alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on
-trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on
-trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source
-trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24)
-default_color default background color (RGB24)
-
-/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory:
-ctrl_name Controller name
-mirror 0=off, 1=on
-update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual
-enabled 0=off, 1=on
-name
-rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
-timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw)
- When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out:
- "pal" and "ntsc"
-panel_name
-tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on
-output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo"
-
-There are also some debugfs files at <debugfs>/omapdss/ which show information
-about clocks and registers.
-
-Examples
---------
-
-The following definitions have been made for the examples below:
-
-ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0
-ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1
-ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2
-
-mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0
-mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1
-
-lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0
-dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1
-tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2
-
-fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0
-fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1
-fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2
-
-Default setup on OMAP3 SDP
---------------------------
-
-Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI
-and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are:
-framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are
-handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS.
-
-FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI
-FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD
-FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
-
-Example: Switch from LCD to DVI
-----------------------
-
-w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
-h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
-
-echo "0" > $lcd/enabled
-echo "" > $mgr0/display
-fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h
-# at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board
-echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display
-echo "1" > $dvi/enabled
-
-After this the configuration looks like:
-
-FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI
-FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD
-FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
-
-Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV
--------------------------------
-
-w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
-h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
-
-echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled
-echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled
-
-echo "" > $fb1/overlays
-echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays
-
-echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size
-echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager
-
-echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled
-echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled
-
-echo "1" > $tv/enabled
-
-After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown):
-
-FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD
- \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV
-
-Misc notes
-----------
-
-OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You
-can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma
-allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase
-the global memory area for CMA.
-
-Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
-of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
-
-Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB
-does not support mirroring.
-
-VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you
-probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also,
-many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all
-framebuffer parameters.
-
-Kernel boot arguments
----------------------
-
-omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
- - Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
- "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c.
- There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that
- can be used to tv out.
-
-omapfb.vram=<fbnum>:<size>[@<physaddr>][,...]
- - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram
- depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate
- more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example,
- "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1.
-
-omapfb.debug=<y|n>
- - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled
- in kernel config.
-
-omapfb.test=<y|n>
- - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change.
- You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config.
-
-omapfb.vrfb=<y|n>
- - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers.
-
-omapfb.rotate=<angle>
- - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers.
- 0 - 0 degree rotation
- 1 - 90 degree rotation
- 2 - 180 degree rotation
- 3 - 270 degree rotation
-
-omapfb.mirror=<y|n>
- - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation.
-
-omapdss.def_disp=<display>
- - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected.
- Common examples are "lcd" or "tv".
-
-omapdss.debug=<y|n>
- - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in
- kernel config.
-
-TODO
-----
-
-DSS locking
-
-Error checking
-- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG()
-
-System DMA update for DSI
-- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how
- to skip the empty byte?)
-
-OMAP1 support
-- Not sure if needed
-
+++ /dev/null
-This file contains documentation for running mainline
-kernel on omaps.
-
-KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES
-v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
- CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work
- properly.
-
-v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
- CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances
- to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards.
+++ /dev/null
-
-The OMAP PM interface
-=====================
-
-This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver
-authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or
-throughput constraints to the kernel power management code.
-Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM
-interface into the Linux PM QoS code.
-
-Drivers need to express PM parameters which:
-
-- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF;
-
-- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter
- implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux
- latency framework or something else;
-
-- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as
- latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP
- or to particular OMAP variants;
-
-- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g.,
- DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP
- systems,
-
-- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other
- architectures.
-
-
-This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following
-five power management functions for driver code:
-
-1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency:
- (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
-
-2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency:
- (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
-
-3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm):
- (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t)
-
-4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device:
- (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r)
-
-5. Return the number of times the device has lost context
- (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev)
-
-
-Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be
-found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h.
-
-
-The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary
----------------------------------------------
-
-The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support
-the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this
-happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified
-to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear.
-
-
-Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions
--------------------------------------
-
-As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are
-exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data
-structures. The function pointers are initialized by the board-*.c
-files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions:
-.set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to
-omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do
-not support these functions should leave these function pointers set
-to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom:
-
- if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
- (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t);
-
-The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify
-the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device
-becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the
-set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup
-latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the
-device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For
-example,
-
- /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */
- if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)
- (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc);
-
- /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */
- if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
- (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td);
-
- /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */
-
-The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again
-with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the
-function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of
-set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0).
-
-The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(),
-is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the
-device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the
-driver must restore its internal context before proceeding.
-
-
-Other specialized interface functions
--------------------------------------
-
-The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any
-device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements.
-DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs.
-CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU
-frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these
-specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU
-frequency) into the form that the underlying power management
-implementation needs:
-
-6. (*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void)
-
-7. (*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id)
-
-8. (*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void)
-
-9. (*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void)
-
-10. (*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f)
-
-11. (*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void)
-
-Customizing OPP for platform
-============================
-Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon
-and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically.
-However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be
-tweaked, for e.g.:
- * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which
- could be enabled on a platform
- * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform
- * Define and add a custom opp table entry
-in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows:
-arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c
- #include "pm.h"
- ....
- static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void)
- {
- ....
- /* Initialize the default table */
- omapx_opp_init();
- /* Do customization to the defaults */
- ....
- }
-NOTE: omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required
-based on the omap family.
+++ /dev/null
-Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html
-
-Initial definitions
--------------------
-
-The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that
-__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed
-virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply:
-
- phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET
-
-
-Decompressor Symbols
---------------------
-
-ZTEXTADDR
- Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about
- virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at
- the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call
- the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have
- to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or
- read-write addressable medium.
-
-ZBSSADDR
- Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor.
- This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise
- this for you. Again, the MMU will be off.
-
-ZRELADDR
- This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written,
- and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid:
-
- __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR
-
- The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position
- independent.
-
-INITRD_PHYS
- Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if
- you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old
- struct param_struct).
-
-INITRD_VIRT
- Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint
- must be valid:
-
- __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS
-
-PARAMS_PHYS
- Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the
- kernel various parameters about its execution environment.
-
-
-Kernel Symbols
---------------
-
-PHYS_OFFSET
- Physical start address of the first bank of RAM.
-
-PAGE_OFFSET
- Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel
- boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical
- address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply.
- This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE.
-
-TASK_SIZE
- The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space
- always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user
- process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this
- address.
-
- Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process
- area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process
- basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment.
-
- Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call
- this the kernel segment.
-
- (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and
- hence PAGE_OFFSET).
-
-TEXTADDR
- Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000.
- This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels,
- it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous
- kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here.
-
-DATAADDR
- Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined
- when using the decompressor.
-
-VMALLOC_START
-VMALLOC_END
- Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be
- any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them.
- The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above).
- Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the
- last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory).
-
-VMALLOC_OFFSET
- Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole
- between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow
- out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end
- of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB.
-
-Architecture Specific Macros
-----------------------------
-
-BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio)
- `pram' specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always
- be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET.
-
- `pio' is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for
- use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S.
-
- `vio' is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region.
-
- It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised
- by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the
- MAPIO function).
-
-BOOT_PARAMS
- Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS.
-
-FIXUP(func)
- Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been
- initialised.
-
-MAPIO(func)
- Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug
- region above).
-
-INITIRQ(func)
- Machine specific function to initialise interrupts.
-
+++ /dev/null
- ARM Linux 2.6
- =============
-
- Please check <ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/armlinux> for
- updates.
-
-Compilation of kernel
----------------------
-
- In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of
- generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be
- a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report
- an error if your compiler is a recognized offender.
-
- To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line
- in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF
- tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE
- line as detailed below.
-
- If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top
- level make file:
-
- ARCH = <whatever>
- with
- ARCH = arm
-
- and
-
- CROSS_COMPILE=
- to
- CROSS_COMPILE=<your-path-to-your-compiler-without-gcc>
- eg.
- CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux-
-
- Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel
- (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a
- 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'.
-
-
-Bug reports etc
----------------
-
- Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see
- http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
- explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
-
- Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk,
- or submitted through the web form at
- http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/
-
- When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
- information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
- the problem, what you were doing, etc.
-
-
-Include files
--------------
-
- Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm,
- which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These
- directories, and their purpose is listed below:
-
- arch-* machine/platform specific header files
- hardware driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions
- mach descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces
- proc-* processor dependent header files (currently only two
- categories)
-
-
-Machine/Platform support
-------------------------
-
- The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To
- continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split
- machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is
- used to select which directories and files get included (we will use
- $(MACHINE) to refer to the category)
-
- To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are
- designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI,
- memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future
- machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach
- directory.
-
-
-Modules
--------
-
- Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator),
- each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take
- memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages.
- Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it?
-
- However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and
- as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can
- make good use of modularisation.
-
-
-ADFS Image files
-----------------
-
- You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS
- partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have
- losetup installed.
-
- Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at
- the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup.
-
-
-Request to developers
----------------------
-
- When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please
- include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This
- allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring
- half the code to be compiled into the kernel image.
-
- In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It
- makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware.
-
-
-ST506 hard drives
------------------
-
- The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little
- slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an
- A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires
- someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the
- HDC base to the source.
-
- As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS
- *configure harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great
- big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ).
-
- I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what
- RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting
- last week :-)
-
- Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where
- the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY
- in that case...hmm).
-
-
-1772 Floppy
------------
- This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It
- hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which
- could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this
- are welcome.
-
-
-CONFIG_MACH_ and CONFIG_ARCH_
------------------------------
- A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines.
- Historically, CONFIG_ARCH_ was used for the bonafide architecture,
- e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture,
- e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros
- to read CONFIG_MACH_ for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has
- not been made because it would complicate patching.
-
- Previous registrations may be found online.
-
- <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
-
-Kernel entry (head.S)
---------------------------
- The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine
- independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on
- entry, which must be kept unique.
-
- Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides
- for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up
- duplicating large amounts of code.
-
- We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A
- class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and
- acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These
- classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach-<class> and
- arch/arm/mach-<class> - which contain the source files to/include/mach
- support the machine class. This directories also contain any machine
- specific supporting code.
-
- For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC
- devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off-
- board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
- machine specific "personality."
-
- For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
- controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At
- compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for
- a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
-
- For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
- controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
- compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the
- web site at:
-
- <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
-
- Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your
- platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
-
----
-Russell King (15/03/2004)
+++ /dev/null
-ADS Bitsy Single Board Computer
-(It is different from Bitsy(iPAQ) of Compaq)
-
-For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
-http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
-
-The Linux support for this product has been provided by
-Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
-
-Use 'make adsbitsy_config' before any 'make config'.
-This will set up defaults for ADS Bitsy support.
-
-The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000.
-
-Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
-newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
-
-Supported peripherals:
-- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
-- SA1111 USB Master
-- SA1100 serial port
-- pcmcia, compact flash
-- touchscreen(ucb1200)
-- console on LCD screen
-- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- - ttyS0 is default for serial console
-
-To do:
-- everything else! :-)
-
-Notes:
-
-- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions.
- You should be careful to use flash on board.
- Its partition is different from GraphicsClient Plus and GraphicsMaster
-
-- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
- Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
- if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
- mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
- fixed soon.
-
-Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!
+++ /dev/null
-The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
-============================================
-
-Please see:
-http://developer.intel.com
-
-Also some notes from John G Dorsey <jd5q@andrew.cmu.edu>:
-http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
-
-
-Building the kernel
--------------------
-
-To build the kernel with current defaults:
-
- make assabet_config
- make oldconfig
- make zImage
-
-The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage.
-
-
-Installing a bootloader
------------------------
-
-A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available:
-
-BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/)
-
- BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed
- patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet.
-
-Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support
-(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html)
-(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/)
-
- Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC.
- John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and
- the JFFS filesystem.
-
-RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/)
-
- RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS
- hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other
- hardware platforms.
-
-RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have
-networking support, and is the most actively maintained.
-
-Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first
-you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work
-precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location:
-
-ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/
-ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/
-ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/
-
-Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in
-redboot-assabet*.txt.
-
-
-Initial RedBoot configuration
------------------------------
-
-The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
-on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
-Please refer to it for explanations.
-
-If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
-Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP
-file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect
-it dynamically.
-
-To initialize the flash directory:
-
- fis init -f
-
-To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or
-a static IP address, etc, use this command:
-
- fconfig -i
-
-
-Writing a kernel image into flash
----------------------------------
-
-First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file
-available on a TFTP server:
-
- load zImage -r -b 0x100000
-
-If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port:
-
- load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000
-
-To write it to flash:
-
- fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
-
-
-Booting the kernel
-------------------
-
-The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded
-as follows:
-
- load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000
-
-Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name
-by '-y ymodem'.
-
-Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this:
-
- fis load "Linux kernel"
-
-or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel:
-
- exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
-
-The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better
-solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below.
-
-
-Using JFFS2
------------
-
-Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most
-convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in
-conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash
-management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at:
-http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about
-creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site.
-
-For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites
-mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image.
-
-To load this file:
-
- load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
-
-The result should look like:
-
-RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
-Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424
-
-Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash:
-
- fis free
-
-Result:
-
-RedBoot> fis free
- 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000
-
-The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and
-the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of
-substituting yours appropriately.
-
-We must determine some values:
-
-size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000
-size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424
-
-We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all
-the remaining flash space as well. To write it:
-
- fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
- fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
- fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000
- fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
-
-Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered
-what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command
-displays them:
-
-RedBoot> fis list
-Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point
-RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000
-RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
-FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
-Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000
-JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000
-
-However Linux should display something like:
-
-SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus
-SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode
-Using RedBoot partition definition
-Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash":
-0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot"
-0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel"
-0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2"
-0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config"
-0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory"
-
-What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in,
-which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2.
-Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we
-need this RedBoot command:
-
- fis load "Linux kernel"
- exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2"
-
-Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example.
-You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also
-possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from
-within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has
-many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2
-can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be
-copied over directly. Etc...
-
-
-RedBoot scripting
------------------
-
-All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every
-time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot
-process using RedBoot's scripting capability.
-
-For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk
-images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network:
-
-RedBoot> fconfig
-Run script at boot: false true
-Boot script:
-Enter script, terminate with empty line
->> load zImage -r -b 0x100000
->> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000
->> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
->>
-Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3
-Use BOOTP for network configuration: true
-GDB connection port: 9000
-Network debug at boot time: false
-Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y
-
-Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt.
-
-
-
-Nicolas Pitre
-nico@fluxnic.net
-June 12, 2001
-
-
-Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001)
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-Assabet:
- Serial ports:
- Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI
- PM: Not tested.
- COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM
- PM: Not tested.
- I2C: Implemented, not fully tested.
- L3: Fully tested, pass.
- PM: Not tested.
-
- Video:
- LCD: Fully tested. PM
- (LCD doesn't like being blanked with
- neponset connected)
- Video out: Not fully
-
- Audio:
- UDA1341:
- Playback: Fully tested, pass.
- Record: Implemented, not tested.
- PM: Not tested.
-
- UCB1200:
- Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- POTS control: No
- Touchscreen: Yes
- PM: Not tested.
-
- Other:
- PCMCIA:
- LPE: Fully tested, pass.
- USB: No
- IRDA:
- SIR: Fully tested, pass.
- FIR: Fully tested, pass.
- PM: Not tested.
-
-Neponset:
- Serial ports:
- COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR
- PM: Not tested.
- USB: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- PM: Not tested.
- CF: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- PM: Not tested.
-
-More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree.
-
+++ /dev/null
-Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel.
-For more details, see:
-
-http://developer.intel.com
-
-To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands:
-
- make brutus_config
- make config
- [accept all the defaults]
- make zImage
-
-The resulting kernel will end up in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. This file
-must be loaded at 0xc0008000 in Brutus's memory and execution started at
-0xc0008000 as well with the value of registers r0 = 0 and r1 = 16 upon
-entry.
-
-But prior to execute the kernel, a ramdisk image must also be loaded in
-memory. Use memory address 0xd8000000 for this. Note that the file
-containing the (compressed) ramdisk image must not exceed 4 MB.
-
-Typically, you'll need angelboot to load the kernel.
-The following angelboot.opt file should be used:
-
------ begin angelboot.opt -----
-base 0xc0008000
-entry 0xc0008000
-r0 0x00000000
-r1 0x00000010
-device /dev/ttyS0
-options "9600 8N1"
-baud 115200
-otherfile ramdisk_img.gz
-otherbase 0xd8000000
------ end angelboot.opt -----
-
-Then load the kernel and ramdisk with:
-
- angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage
-
-The first Brutus serial port (assumed to be linked to /dev/ttyS0 on your
-host PC) is used by angel to load the kernel and ramdisk image. The serial
-console is provided through the second Brutus serial port. To access it,
-you may use minicom configured with /dev/ttyS1, 9600 baud, 8N1, no flow
-control.
-
-Currently supported:
- - RS232 serial ports
- - audio output
- - LCD screen
- - keyboard
-
-The actual Brutus support may not be complete without extra patches.
-If such patches exist, they should be found from
-ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico.
-
-A full PCMCIA support is still missing, although it's possible to hack
-some drivers in order to drive already inserted cards at boot time with
-little modifications.
-
-Any contribution is welcome.
-
-Please send patches to nico@fluxnic.net
-
-Have Fun !
-
+++ /dev/null
-*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued ***
-
-The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board
-that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet
-controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and
-one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the
-Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com.
-
-This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the
-Intrinsyc CerfBoard.
-
-Supported in this version:
- - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options
- that may be required)
- - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in
- Network Devices)
- - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1)
-
-In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs
-both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your
-evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands
-will suffice:
-
- make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig
- make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage
- make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules
- cp arch/arm/boot/zImage <TFTP directory>
-
-support@intrinsyc.com
+++ /dev/null
-Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc.
-http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn
-and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc.
-(http://www.coventive.com)
-
-Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree.
-
-===============================================================
-Maintainer:
-
-Chester Kuo <chester@coventive.com>
- <chester@linux.org.tw>
-
-Author :
-Tim wu <timwu@coventive.com>
-CIH <cih@coventive.com>
-Eric Peng <ericpeng@coventive.com>
-Jeff Lee <jeff_lee@coventive.com>
-Allen Cheng
-Tony Liu <tonyliu@coventive.com>
-
+++ /dev/null
-ADS GraphicsClient Plus Single Board Computer
-
-For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
-http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
-
-The original Linux support for this product has been provided by
-Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>. Continued development work by
-Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
-
-It's currently possible to mount a root filesystem via NFS providing a
-complete Linux environment. Otherwise a ramdisk image may be used. The
-board supports MTD/JFFS, so you could also mount something on there.
-
-Use 'make graphicsclient_config' before any 'make config'. This will set up
-defaults for GraphicsClient Plus support.
-
-The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0200000.
-Also the following registers should have the specified values upon entry:
-
- r0 = 0
- r1 = 29 (this is the GraphicsClient architecture number)
-
-Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
-newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
-Angel is not available for the GraphicsClient Plus AFAIK.
-
-There is a board known as just the GraphicsClient that ADS used to
-produce but has end of lifed. This code will not work on the older
-board with the ADS bootloader, but should still work with Angel,
-as outlined below. In any case, if you're planning on deploying
-something en masse, you should probably get the newer board.
-
-If using Angel on the older boards, here is a typical angel.opt option file
-if the kernel is loaded through the Angel Debug Monitor:
-
------ begin angelboot.opt -----
-base 0xc0200000
-entry 0xc0200000
-r0 0x00000000
-r1 0x0000001d
-device /dev/ttyS1
-options "38400 8N1"
-baud 115200
-#otherfile ramdisk.gz
-#otherbase 0xc0800000
-exec minicom
------ end angelboot.opt -----
-
-Then the kernel (and ramdisk if otherfile/otherbase lines above are
-uncommented) would be loaded with:
-
- angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage
-
-Here it is assumed that the board is connected to ttyS1 on your PC
-and that minicom is preconfigured with /dev/ttyS1, 38400 baud, 8N1, no flow
-control by default.
-
-If any other bootloader is used, ensure it accomplish the same, especially
-for r0/r1 register values before jumping into the kernel.
-
-
-Supported peripherals:
-- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
-- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC
-- SA1100 serial port
-- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS)
-- pcmcia
-- touchscreen(ucb1200)
-- ps/2 keyboard
-- console on LCD screen
-- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- - ttyS0 is default for serial console
-- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
- See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
- and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
-
-To do:
-- UCB1200 audio with new ucb_generic layer
-- everything else! :-)
-
-Notes:
-
-- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where
- the ADS boot ROM and zImage is stored. It's been marked as
- read-only to keep you from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is
- for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be
- utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2
- on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're
- welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also.
-
-- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
- Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
- if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
- mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
- fixed soon.
-
-Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!
-
+++ /dev/null
-ADS GraphicsMaster Single Board Computer
-
-For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
-http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
-
-The original Linux support for this product has been provided by
-Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>. Continued development work by
-Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
-
-Use 'make graphicsmaster_config' before any 'make config'.
-This will set up defaults for GraphicsMaster support.
-
-The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000.
-
-Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
-newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
-
-Supported peripherals:
-- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
-- SA1111 USB Master
-- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC
-- SA1100 serial port
-- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS)
-- pcmcia, compact flash
-- touchscreen(ucb1200)
-- ps/2 keyboard
-- console on LCD screen
-- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
- - ttyS0 is default for serial console
-- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
- See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
- and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
-
-To do:
-- everything else! :-)
-
-Notes:
-
-- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where
- the zImage is stored. It's been marked as read-only to keep you
- from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is
- for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be
- utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2
- on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're
- welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also.
-
-- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
- Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
- if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
- mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
- fixed soon.
-
-Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!
+++ /dev/null
-The HUW_WEBPANEL is a product of the german company Hoeft & Wessel AG
-
-If you want more information, please visit
-http://www.hoeft-wessel.de
-
-To build the kernel:
- make huw_webpanel_config
- make oldconfig
- [accept all defaults]
- make zImage
-
-Mostly of the work is done by:
-Roman Jordan jor@hoeft-wessel.de
-Christoph Schulz schu@hoeft-wessel.de
-
-2000/12/18/
-
+++ /dev/null
-Itsy is a research project done by the Western Research Lab, and Systems
-Research Center in Palo Alto, CA. The Itsy project is one of several
-research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing.
-
-For more information, see:
-
- http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/
-
-Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) :
-The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with
-64 Meg of DRAM and 32 Meg of Flash. The initial work includes support for
-serial console (to see what you're doing). No other devices have been
-enabled.
-
-To build, do a "make menuconfig" (or xmenuconfig) and select Itsy support.
-Disable Flash and LCD support. and then do a make zImage.
-Finally, you will need to cd to arch/arm/boot/tools and execute a make there
-to build the params-itsy program used to boot the kernel.
-
-In order to install the port of 2.4 to the itsy, You will need to set the
-configuration parameters in the monitor as follows:
-Arg 1:0x08340000, Arg2: 0xC0000000, Arg3:18 (0x12), Arg4:0
-Make sure the start-routine address is set to 0x00060000.
-
-Next, flash the params-itsy program to 0x00060000 ("p 1 0x00060000" in the
-flash menu) Flash the kernel in arch/arm/boot/zImage into 0x08340000
-("p 1 0x00340000"). Finally flash an initial ramdisk into 0xC8000000
-("p 2 0x0") We used ramdisk-2-30.gz from the 0.11 version directory on
-handhelds.org.
-
-The serial connection we established was at:
- 8-bit data, no parity, 1 stop bit(s), 115200.00 b/s. in the monitor, in the
-params-itsy program, and in the kernel itself. This can be changed, but
-not easily. The monitor parameters are easily changed, the params program
-setup is assembly outl's, and the kernel is a configuration item specific to
-the itsy. (i.e. grep for CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY and you'll find where it is.)
-
-
-This should get you a properly booting 2.4 kernel on the itsy.
+++ /dev/null
-Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART)
-------------------------------------
-
-The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded
-applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all
-other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible
-through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages
-between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of
-daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard
-is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of
-planning.
-
-The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license;
-see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information.
+++ /dev/null
-The PLEB project was started as a student initiative at the School of
-Computer Science and Engineering, University of New South Wales to make a
-pocket computer capable of running the Linux Kernel.
-
-PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated.
-
-For more information, see:
-
- http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced
-by Dialogue Technology (http://www.dialogue.com.tw/).
-It has EISA slots for ease of configuration with SDRAM/Flash
-memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash card,
-PCMCIA/IDE card and TFT-LCD card.
-
-To compile for Pangolin, you must issue the following commands:
-
- make pangolin_config
- make oldconfig
- make zImage
-
-Supported peripherals:
-- SA1110 serial port (UART1/UART2/UART3)
-- flash memory access
-- compact flash driver
-- UDA1341 sound driver
-- SA1100 LCD controller for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD
-- MQ-200 driver for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD
-- Penmount(touch panel) driver
-- PCMCIA driver
-- SMC91C94 LAN driver
-- IDE driver (experimental)
+++ /dev/null
-Tifon
------
-
-More info has to come...
-
-Contact: Peter Danielsson <peter.danielsson@era-t.ericsson.se>
-
+++ /dev/null
-See http://www.yopydeveloper.org for more.
-
+++ /dev/null
-See ../empeg/README
-
+++ /dev/null
-nanoEngine
-----------
-
-"nanoEngine" is a SA1110 based single board computer from
-Bright Star Engineering Inc. See www.brightstareng.com/arm
-for more info.
-(Ref: Stuart Adams <sja@brightstareng.com>)
-
-Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site:
-http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm
-
+++ /dev/null
-The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned:
-
-> Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700
-> From: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@transmeta.com>
-> To: Nicolas Pitre <nico@CAM.ORG>
-> Cc: Device List Maintainer <device@lanana.org>
-> Subject: Re: device
->
-> Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density
-> serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the
-> tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about
-> doing anything special.)
->
-> So your assignments are:
->
-> 204 char Low-density serial ports
-> 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0
-> 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1
-> 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2
->
-> 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device)
-> 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0
-> 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1
-> 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2
->
-
-You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used
-by your SA1100-based device:
-
- mknod ttySA0 c 204 5
- mknod ttySA1 c 204 6
- mknod ttySA2 c 204 7
- mknod cusa0 c 205 5
- mknod cusa1 c 205 6
- mknod cusa2 c 205 7
-
-In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you
-must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device
-name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where
-you might have a getty process started on ttyS0. In this case:
-
-- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc.
-
-- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name
- in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well.
-
-
+++ /dev/null
- SPEAr ARM Linux Overview
- ==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture).
- weblink : http://www.st.com/spear
-
- The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are
- supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310,
- SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported.
-
- Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows:
-
- SPEAr (Platform)
- - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
- - SPEAr300 (SOC)
- - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr310 (SOC)
- - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr320 (SOC)
- - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
- - SPEAr600 (SOC)
- - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9)
- - SPEAr1310 (SOC)
- - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr1340 (SOC)
- - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board
-
- Configuration
- -------------
-
- A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the
- default by
- make spear13xx_defconfig
- make spear3xx_defconfig
- make spear6xx_defconfig
-
- Layout
- ------
-
- The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and
- SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear
- with headers in plat/.
-
- Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by
- series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx.
-
- Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for
- spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is
- mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific
- files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and
- spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully
- support Flattened Device Tree.
-
-
- Document Author
- ---------------
-
- Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics
+++ /dev/null
- S3C24XX CPUfreq support
- =======================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The S3C24XX series support a number of power saving systems, such as
- the ability to change the core, memory and peripheral operating
- frequencies. The core control is exported via the CPUFreq driver
- which has a number of different manual or automatic controls over the
- rate the core is running at.
-
- There are two forms of the driver depending on the specific CPU and
- how the clocks are arranged. The first implementation used as single
- PLL to feed the ARM, memory and peripherals via a series of dividers
- and muxes and this is the implementation that is documented here. A
- newer version where there is a separate PLL and clock divider for the
- ARM core is available as a separate driver.
-
-
-Layout
-------
-
- The code core manages the CPU specific drivers, any data that they
- need to register and the interface to the generic drivers/cpufreq
- system. Each CPU registers a driver to control the PLL, clock dividers
- and anything else associated with it. Any board that wants to use this
- framework needs to supply at least basic details of what is required.
-
- The core registers with drivers/cpufreq at init time if all the data
- necessary has been supplied.
-
-
-CPU support
------------
-
- The support for each CPU depends on the facilities provided by the
- SoC and the driver as each device has different PLL and clock chains
- associated with it.
-
-
-Slow Mode
----------
-
- The SLOW mode where the PLL is turned off altogether and the
- system is fed by the external crystal input is currently not
- supported.
-
-
-sysfs
------
-
- The core code exports extra information via sysfs in the directory
- devices/system/cpu/cpu0/arch-freq.
-
-
-Board Support
--------------
-
- Each board that wants to use the cpufreq code must register some basic
- information with the core driver to provide information about what the
- board requires and any restrictions being placed on it.
-
- The board needs to supply information about whether it needs the IO bank
- timings changing, any maximum frequency limits and information about the
- SDRAM refresh rate.
-
-
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2009 Simtec Electronics
-Licensed under GPLv2
+++ /dev/null
- Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST)
- ===================================
-
- http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The EB2410ITX is a S3C2410 based development board with a variety of
- peripherals and expansion connectors. This board is also known by
- the shortened name of Bast.
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- To set the default configuration, use `make bast_defconfig` which
- supports the commonly used features of this board.
-
-
-Support
--------
-
- Official support information can be found on the Simtec Electronics
- website, at the product page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/
-
- Useful links:
-
- - Resources Page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/resources.html
-
- - Board FAQ at http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/faq.html
-
- - Bootloader info http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/resources.html
- and FAQ http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/faq.html
-
-
-MTD
----
-
- The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project.
- Any problems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more
- information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd.
-
-
-IDE
----
-
- Both onboard IDE ports are supported, however there is no support for
- changing speed of devices, PIO Mode 4 capable drives should be used.
-
-
-Maintainers
------------
-
- This board is maintained by Simtec Electronics.
-
-
-Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics
+++ /dev/null
- S3C24XX GPIO Control
- ====================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The s3c2410 kernel provides an interface to configure and
- manipulate the state of the GPIO pins, and find out other
- information about them.
-
- There are a number of conditions attached to the configuration
- of the s3c2410 GPIO system, please read the Samsung provided
- data-sheet/users manual to find out the complete list.
-
- See Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core implementation.
-
-
-GPIOLIB
--------
-
- With the event of the GPIOLIB in drivers/gpio, support for some
- of the GPIO functions such as reading and writing a pin will
- be removed in favour of this common access method.
-
- Once all the extant drivers have been converted, the functions
- listed below will be removed (they may be marked as __deprecated
- in the near future).
-
- The following functions now either have a s3c_ specific variant
- or are merged into gpiolib. See the definitions in
- arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h:
-
- s3c2410_gpio_setpin() gpio_set_value() or gpio_direction_output()
- s3c2410_gpio_getpin() gpio_get_value() or gpio_direction_input()
- s3c2410_gpio_getirq() gpio_to_irq()
- s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() s3c_gpio_cfgpin()
- s3c2410_gpio_getcfg() s3c_gpio_getcfg()
- s3c2410_gpio_pullup() s3c_gpio_setpull()
-
-
-GPIOLIB conversion
-------------------
-
-If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the phased
-out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process.
-
-1) If your board is exclusively using an GPIO, say to control peripheral
- power, then it will require to claim the gpio with gpio_request() before
- it can use it.
-
- It is recommended to check the return value, with at least WARN_ON()
- during initialisation.
-
-2) The s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() can be directly replaced with s3c_gpio_cfgpin()
- as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific
- values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments.
-
-3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that while the
- s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the
- s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0)
- are not so easy.
-
- The s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) case enables the pull-up (or in the case
- of some of the devices, a pull-down) and as such the new API distinguishes
- between the UP and DOWN case. There is currently no 'just turn on' setting
- which may be required if this becomes a problem.
-
-4) s3c2410_gpio_setpin() can be replaced by gpio_set_value(), the old call
- does not implicitly configure the relevant gpio to output. The gpio
- direction should be changed before using gpio_set_value().
-
-5) s3c2410_gpio_getpin() is replaceable by gpio_get_value() if the pin
- has been set to input. It is currently unknown what the behaviour is
- when using gpio_get_value() on an output pin (s3c2410_gpio_getpin
- would return the value the pin is supposed to be outputting).
-
-6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replaceable with the
- gpio_to_irq() call.
-
-The s3c2410_gpio and gpio_ calls have always operated on the same gpio
-numberspace, so there is no problem with converting the gpio numbering
-between the calls.
-
-
-Headers
--------
-
- See arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list
- of GPIO pins, and the configuration values for them. This
- is included by using #include <mach/regs-gpio.h>
-
-
-PIN Numbers
------------
-
- Each pin has an unique number associated with it in regs-gpio.h,
- e.g. S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell
- the GPIO functions which pin is to be used.
-
- With the conversion to gpiolib, there is no longer a direct conversion
- from gpio pin number to register base address as in earlier kernels. This
- is due to the number space required for newer SoCs where the later
- GPIOs are not contiguous.
-
-
-Configuring a pin
------------------
-
- The following function allows the configuration of a given pin to
- be changed.
-
- void s3c_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function);
-
- e.g.:
-
- s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C_GPIO_SFN(1));
- s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C_GPIO_SFN(2));
-
- which would turn GPA(0) into the lowest Address line A0, and set
- GPE(8) to be connected to the SDIO/MMC controller's SDDAT1 line.
-
-
-Reading the current configuration
----------------------------------
-
- The current configuration of a pin can be read by using standard
- gpiolib function:
-
- s3c_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin);
-
- The return value will be from the same set of values which can be
- passed to s3c_gpio_cfgpin().
-
-
-Configuring a pull-up resistor
-------------------------------
-
- A large proportion of the GPIO pins on the S3C2410 can have weak
- pull-up resistors enabled. This can be configured by the following
- function:
-
- void s3c_gpio_setpull(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to);
-
- Where the to value is S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE to set the pull-up off,
- and S3C_GPIO_PULL_UP to enable the specified pull-up. Any other
- values are currently undefined.
-
-
-Getting and setting the state of a PIN
---------------------------------------
-
- These calls are now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert
- your board or driver to use gpiolib.
-
-
-Getting the IRQ number associated with a PIN
---------------------------------------------
-
- A standard gpiolib function can map the given pin number to an IRQ
- number to pass to the IRQ system.
-
- int gpio_to_irq(unsigned int pin);
-
- Note, not all pins have an IRQ.
-
-
-Author
--------
-
-Ben Dooks, 03 October 2004
-Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics
+++ /dev/null
- HP IPAQ H1940
- =============
-
-http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The HP H1940 is a S3C2410 based handheld device, with
- bluetooth connectivity.
-
-
-Support
--------
-
- A variety of information is available
-
- handhelds.org project page:
-
- http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html
-
- handhelds.org wiki page:
-
- http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/HpIpaqH1940
-
- Herbert Pötzl pages:
-
- http://vserver.13thfloor.at/H1940/
-
-
-Maintainers
------------
-
- This project is being maintained and developed by a variety
- of people, including Ben Dooks, Arnaud Patard, and Herbert Pötzl.
-
- Thanks to the many others who have also provided support.
-
-
-(c) 2005 Ben Dooks
+++ /dev/null
- S3C24XX NAND Support
- ====================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-Small Page NAND
----------------
-
-The driver uses a 512 byte (1 page) ECC code for this setup. The
-ECC code is not directly compatible with the default kernel ECC
-code, so the driver enforces its own OOB layout and ECC parameters
-
-Large Page NAND
----------------
-
-The driver is capable of handling NAND flash with a 2KiB page
-size, with support for hardware ECC generation and correction.
-
-Unlike the 512byte page mode, the driver generates ECC data for
-each 256 byte block in an 2KiB page. This means that more than
-one error in a page can be rectified. It also means that the
-OOB layout remains the default kernel layout for these flashes.
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2007 Simtec Electronics
-
+++ /dev/null
- S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview
- ==========================
-
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The Samsung S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs are supported
- by the 's3c2410' architecture of ARM Linux. Currently the S3C2410,
- S3C2412, S3C2413, S3C2416, S3C2440, S3C2442, S3C2443 and S3C2450 devices
- are supported.
-
- Support for the S3C2400 and S3C24A0 series was never completed and the
- corresponding code has been removed after a while. If someone wishes to
- revive this effort, partial support can be retrieved from earlier Linux
- versions.
-
- The S3C2416 and S3C2450 devices are very similar and S3C2450 support is
- included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, while core
- support for these SoCs is in, work on some of the extra peripherals
- and extra interrupts is still ongoing.
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- A generic S3C2410 configuration is provided, and can be used as the
- default by `make s3c2410_defconfig`. This configuration has support
- for all the machines, and the commonly used features on them.
-
- Certain machines may have their own default configurations as well,
- please check the machine specific documentation.
-
-
-Layout
-------
-
- The core support files are located in the platform code contained in
- arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx with headers in include/asm-arm/plat-s3c24xx.
- This directory should be kept to items shared between the platform
- code (arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx) and the arch/arm/mach-s3c24* code.
-
- Each cpu has a directory with the support files for it, and the
- machines that carry the device. For example S3C2410 is contained
- in arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 and S3C2440 in arch/arm/mach-s3c2440
-
- Register, kernel and platform data definitions are held in the
- arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 directory./include/mach
-
-arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx:
-
- Files in here are either common to all the s3c24xx family,
- or are common to only some of them with names to indicate this
- status. The files that are not common to all are generally named
- with the initial cpu they support in the series to ensure a short
- name without any possibility of confusion with newer devices.
-
- As an example, initially s3c244x would cover s3c2440 and s3c2442, but
- with the s3c2443 which does not share many of the same drivers in
- this directory, the name becomes invalid. We stick to s3c2440-<x>
- to indicate a driver that is s3c2440 and s3c2442 compatible.
-
- This does mean that to find the status of any given SoC, a number
- of directories may need to be searched.
-
-
-Machines
---------
-
- The currently supported machines are as follows:
-
- Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST)
-
- A general purpose development board, see EB2410ITX.txt for further
- details
-
- Simtec Electronics IM2440D20 (Osiris)
-
- CPU Module from Simtec Electronics, with a S3C2440A CPU, nand flash
- and a PCMCIA controller.
-
- Samsung SMDK2410
-
- Samsung's own development board, geared for PDA work.
-
- Samsung/Aiji SMDK2412
-
- The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440.
-
- Samsung/Aiji SMDK2413
-
- The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440.
-
- Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440
-
- The S3C2440 compatible version of the SMDK2440, which has the
- option of an S3C2440 or S3C2442 CPU module.
-
- Thorcom VR1000
-
- Custom embedded board
-
- HP IPAQ 1940
-
- Handheld (IPAQ), available in several varieties
-
- HP iPAQ rx3715
-
- S3C2440 based IPAQ, with a number of variations depending on
- features shipped.
-
- Acer N30
-
- A S3C2410 based PDA from Acer. There is a Wiki page at
- http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/AcerN30Documentation .
-
- AML M5900
-
- American Microsystems' M5900
-
- Nex Vision Nexcoder
- Nex Vision Otom
-
- Two machines by Nex Vision
-
-
-Adding New Machines
--------------------
-
- The architecture has been designed to support as many machines as can
- be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions
- should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own
- machine files.
-
- Machine definitions should be kept in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410,
- and there are a number of examples that can be looked at.
-
- Read the kernel patch submission policies as well as the
- Documentation/arm directory before submitting patches. The
- ARM kernel series is managed by Russell King, and has a patch system
- located at http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/
- as well as mailing lists that can be found from the same site.
-
- As a courtesy, please notify <ben-linux@fluff.org> of any new
- machines or other modifications.
-
- Any large scale modifications, or new drivers should be discussed
- on the ARM kernel mailing list (linux-arm-kernel) before being
- attempted. See http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/mailinglists/ for the
- mailing list information.
-
-
-I2C
----
-
- The hardware I2C core in the CPU is supported in single master
- mode, and can be configured via platform data.
-
-
-RTC
----
-
- Support for the onboard RTC unit, including alarm function.
-
- This has recently been upgraded to use the new RTC core,
- and the module has been renamed to rtc-s3c to fit in with
- the new rtc naming scheme.
-
-
-Watchdog
---------
-
- The onchip watchdog is available via the standard watchdog
- interface.
-
-
-NAND
-----
-
- The current kernels now have support for the s3c2410 NAND
- controller. If there are any problems the latest linux-mtd
- code can be found from http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/
-
- For more information see Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt
-
-
-SD/MMC
-------
-
- The SD/MMC hardware pre S3C2443 is supported in the current
- kernel, the driver is drivers/mmc/host/s3cmci.c and supports
- 1 and 4 bit SD or MMC cards.
-
- The SDIO behaviour of this driver has not been fully tested. There is no
- current support for hardware SDIO interrupts.
-
-
-Serial
-------
-
- The s3c2410 serial driver provides support for the internal
- serial ports. These devices appear as /dev/ttySAC0 through 3.
-
- To create device nodes for these, use the following commands
-
- mknod ttySAC0 c 204 64
- mknod ttySAC1 c 204 65
- mknod ttySAC2 c 204 66
-
-
-GPIO
-----
-
- The core contains support for manipulating the GPIO, see the
- documentation in GPIO.txt in the same directory as this file.
-
- Newer kernels carry GPIOLIB, and support is being moved towards
- this with some of the older support in line to be removed.
-
- As of v2.6.34, the move towards using gpiolib support is almost
- complete, and very little of the old calls are left.
-
- See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for the S3C24XX specific
- support and Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core Samsung
- implementation.
-
-
-Clock Management
-----------------
-
- The core provides the interface defined in the header file
- include/asm-arm/hardware/clock.h, to allow control over the
- various clock units
-
-
-Suspend to RAM
---------------
-
- For boards that provide support for suspend to RAM, the
- system can be placed into low power suspend.
-
- See Suspend.txt for more information.
-
-
-SPI
----
-
- SPI drivers are available for both the in-built hardware
- (although there is no DMA support yet) and a generic
- GPIO based solution.
-
-
-LEDs
-----
-
- There is support for GPIO based LEDs via a platform driver
- in the LED subsystem.
-
-
-Platform Data
--------------
-
- Whenever a device has platform specific data that is specified
- on a per-machine basis, care should be taken to ensure the
- following:
-
- 1) that default data is not left in the device to confuse the
- driver if a machine does not set it at startup
-
- 2) the data should (if possible) be marked as __initdata,
- to ensure that the data is thrown away if the machine is
- not the one currently in use.
-
- The best way of doing this is to make a function that
- kmalloc()s an area of memory, and copies the __initdata
- and then sets the relevant device's platform data. Making
- the function `__init` takes care of ensuring it is discarded
- with the rest of the initialisation code
-
- static __init void s3c24xx_xxx_set_platdata(struct xxx_data *pd)
- {
- struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info *npd;
-
- npd = kmalloc(sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (npd) {
- memcpy(npd, pd, sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info));
- s3c_device_xxx.dev.platform_data = npd;
- } else {
- printk(KERN_ERR "no memory for xxx platform data\n");
- }
- }
-
- Note, since the code is marked as __init, it should not be
- exported outside arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/, or exported to
- modules via EXPORT_SYMBOL() and related functions.
-
-
-Port Contributors
------------------
-
- Ben Dooks (BJD)
- Vincent Sanders
- Herbert Potzl
- Arnaud Patard (RTP)
- Roc Wu
- Klaus Fetscher
- Dimitry Andric
- Shannon Holland
- Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
- Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
- Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004-2006 Simtec Electronics
+++ /dev/null
- S3C2412 ARM Linux Overview
- ==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The S3C2412 is part of the S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs
- from Samsung. This part has an ARM926-EJS core, capable of running up
- to 266MHz (see data-sheet for more information)
-
-
-Clock
------
-
- The core clock code provides a set of clocks to the drivers, and allows
- for source selection and a number of other features.
-
-
-Power
------
-
- No support for suspend/resume to RAM in the current system.
-
-
-DMA
----
-
- No current support for DMA.
-
-
-GPIO
-----
-
- There is support for setting the GPIO to input/output/special function
- and reading or writing to them.
-
-
-UART
-----
-
- The UART hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the
- s3c2410 driver in the drivers/serial directory.
-
-
-NAND
-----
-
- The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the
- s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand/raw directory.
-
-
-USB Host
---------
-
- The USB hardware is similar to the S3C2410, with extended clock source
- control. The OHCI portion is supported by the ohci-s3c2410 driver, and
- the clock control selection is supported by the core clock code.
-
-
-USB Device
-----------
-
- No current support in the kernel
-
-
-IRQs
-----
-
- All the standard, and external interrupt sources are supported. The
- extra sub-sources are not yet supported.
-
-
-RTC
----
-
- The RTC hardware is similar to the S3C2410, and is supported by the
- s3c2410-rtc driver.
-
-
-Watchdog
---------
-
- The watchdog hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by
- the s3c2410_wdt driver.
-
-
-MMC/SD/SDIO
------------
-
- No current support for the MMC/SD/SDIO block.
-
-IIC
----
-
- The IIC hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by the
- i2c-s3c24xx driver.
-
-
-IIS
----
-
- No current support for the IIS interface.
-
-
-SPI
----
-
- No current support for the SPI interfaces.
-
-
-ATA
----
-
- No current support for the on-board ATA block.
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics
+++ /dev/null
- S3C2413 ARM Linux Overview
- ==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The S3C2413 is an extended version of the S3C2412, with an camera
- interface and mobile DDR memory support. See the S3C2412 support
- documentation for more information.
-
-
-Camera Interface
----------------
-
- This block is currently not supported.
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics
+++ /dev/null
- Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440
- =========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The SMDK2440 is a two part evaluation board for the Samsung S3C2440
- processor. It includes support for LCD, SmartMedia, Audio, SD and
- 10MBit Ethernet, and expansion headers for various signals, including
- the camera and unused GPIO.
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- To set the default configuration, use `make smdk2440_defconfig` which
- will configure the common features of this board, or use
- `make s3c2410_config` to include support for all s3c2410/s3c2440 machines
-
-
-Support
--------
-
- Ben Dooks' SMDK2440 site at http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ which
- includes linux based USB download tools.
-
- Some of the h1940 patches that can be found from the H1940 project
- site at http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html can also be
- applied to this board.
-
-
-Peripherals
------------
-
- There is no current support for any of the extra peripherals on the
- base-board itself.
-
-
-MTD
----
-
- The NAND flash should be supported by the in kernel MTD NAND support,
- NOR flash will be added later.
-
-
-Maintainers
------------
-
- This board is being maintained by Ben Dooks, for more info, see
- http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/
-
- Many thanks to Dimitry Andric of TomTom for the loan of the SMDK2440,
- and to Simtec Electronics for allowing me time to work on this.
-
-
-(c) 2004 Ben Dooks
+++ /dev/null
- S3C24XX Suspend Support
- =======================
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The S3C24XX supports a low-power suspend mode, where the SDRAM is kept
- in Self-Refresh mode, and all but the essential peripheral blocks are
- powered down. For more information on how this works, please look
- at the relevant CPU datasheet from Samsung.
-
-
-Requirements
-------------
-
- 1) A bootloader that can support the necessary resume operation
-
- 2) Support for at least 1 source for resume
-
- 3) CONFIG_PM enabled in the kernel
-
- 4) Any peripherals that are going to be powered down at the same
- time require suspend/resume support.
-
-
-Resuming
---------
-
- The S3C2410 user manual defines the process of sending the CPU to
- sleep and how it resumes. The default behaviour of the Linux code
- is to set the GSTATUS3 register to the physical address of the
- code to resume Linux operation.
-
- GSTATUS4 is currently left alone by the sleep code, and is free to
- use for any other purposes (for example, the EB2410ITX uses this to
- save memory configuration in).
-
-
-Machine Support
----------------
-
- The machine specific functions must call the s3c_pm_init() function
- to say that its bootloader is capable of resuming. This can be as
- simple as adding the following to the machine's definition:
-
- INITMACHINE(s3c_pm_init)
-
- A board can do its own setup before calling s3c_pm_init, if it
- needs to setup anything else for power management support.
-
- There is currently no support for over-riding the default method of
- saving the resume address, if your board requires it, then contact
- the maintainer and discuss what is required.
-
- Note, the original method of adding an late_initcall() is wrong,
- and will end up initialising all compiled machines' pm init!
-
- The following is an example of code used for testing wakeup from
- an falling edge on IRQ_EINT0:
-
-
-static irqreturn_t button_irq(int irq, void *pw)
-{
- return IRQ_HANDLED;
-}
-
-statuc void __init machine_init(void)
-{
- ...
-
- request_irq(IRQ_EINT0, button_irq, IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING,
- "button-irq-eint0", NULL);
-
- enable_irq_wake(IRQ_EINT0);
-
- s3c_pm_init();
-}
-
-
-Debugging
----------
-
- There are several important things to remember when using PM suspend:
-
- 1) The uart drivers will disable the clocks to the UART blocks when
- suspending, which means that use of printascii() or similar direct
- access to the UARTs will cause the debug to stop.
-
- 2) While the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks,
- care should be taken that any external clock sources that the UARTs
- rely on are still enabled at that point.
-
- 3) If any debugging is placed in the resume path, then it must have the
- relevant clocks and peripherals setup before use (ie, bootloader).
-
- For example, if you transmit a character from the UART, the baud
- rate and uart controls must be setup beforehand.
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- The S3C2410 specific configuration in `System Type` defines various
- aspects of how the S3C2410 suspend and resume support is configured
-
- `S3C2410 PM Suspend debug`
-
- This option prints messages to the serial console before and after
- the actual suspend, giving detailed information on what is
- happening
-
-
- `S3C2410 PM Suspend Memory CRC`
-
- Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the
- suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents.
-
- Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependent on the CPU speed
- and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz
- S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete.
-
- This support requires the CRC32 function to be enabled.
-
-
- `S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)`
-
- Defines the size of memory each CRC chunk covers. A smaller value
- will mean that the CRC data block will take more memory, but will
- identify any faults with better precision
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004 Simtec Electronics
-
+++ /dev/null
- S3C24XX USB Host support
- ========================
-
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- This document details the S3C2410/S3C2440 in-built OHCI USB host support.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- Enable at least the following kernel options:
-
- menuconfig:
-
- Device Drivers --->
- USB support --->
- <*> Support for Host-side USB
- <*> OHCI HCD support
-
-
- .config:
- CONFIG_USB
- CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD
-
-
- Once these options are configured, the standard set of USB device
- drivers can be configured and used.
-
-
-Board Support
--------------
-
- The driver attaches to a platform device, which will need to be
- added by the board specific support file in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410,
- such as mach-bast.c or mach-smdk2410.c
-
- The platform device's platform_data field is only needed if the
- board implements extra power control or over-current monitoring.
-
- The OHCI driver does not ensure the state of the S3C2410's MISCCTRL
- register, so if both ports are to be used for the host, then it is
- the board support file's responsibility to ensure that the second
- port is configured to be connected to the OHCI core.
-
-
-Platform Data
--------------
-
- See arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/usb-control.h for the
- descriptions of the platform device data. An implementation
- can be found in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/usb-simtec.c .
-
- The `struct s3c2410_hcd_info` contains a pair of functions
- that get called to enable over-current detection, and to
- control the port power status.
-
- The ports are numbered 0 and 1.
-
- power_control:
-
- Called to enable or disable the power on the port.
-
- enable_oc:
-
- Called to enable or disable the over-current monitoring.
- This should claim or release the resources being used to
- check the power condition on the port, such as an IRQ.
-
- report_oc:
-
- The OHCI driver fills this field in for the over-current code
- to call when there is a change to the over-current state on
- an port. The ports argument is a bitmask of 1 bit per port,
- with bit X being 1 for an over-current on port X.
-
- The function s3c2410_usb_report_oc() has been provided to
- ensure this is called correctly.
-
- port[x]:
-
- This is struct describes each port, 0 or 1. The platform driver
- should set the flags field of each port to S3C_HCDFLG_USED if
- the port is enabled.
-
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Ben Dooks, Copyright 2005 Simtec Electronics
+++ /dev/null
- Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards
- ==========================================================
-
-Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski
-Date : 6 June 2015
-
-The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel
-and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition
-of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference
-for information purpose only.
-
-In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary
-SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before
-executing kernel.
-
-
-1. Non-Secure mode
-
-Address: sysram_ns_base_addr
-Offset Value Purpose
-=============================================================================
-0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend
-0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
-0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
-0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
-0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
-0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR
-0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR
-0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
-
-
-2. Secure mode
-
-Address: sysram_base_addr
-Offset Value Purpose
-=============================================================================
-0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
-0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot
-4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
-0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
-0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
-
-Address: pmu_base_addr
-Offset Value Purpose
-=============================================================================
-0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend
-0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend
-0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
-0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
-0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot
-0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
-0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
-
-
-3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode)
-
-Address: pmu_base_addr
-Offset Value Purpose
-=============================================================================
-0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator
- on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x
-
-
-4. Glossary
-
-AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other
-modules are power gated, except the TOP modules
-MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management
+++ /dev/null
- Samsung GPIO implementation
- ===========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
-specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core.
-
-
-S3C24XX (Legacy)
-----------------
-
-See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for more information
-about these devices. Their implementation has been brought into line
-with the core samsung implementation described in this document.
-
-
-GPIOLIB integration
--------------------
-
-The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing
-specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such
-as pin special-function or pull resistor control.
-
-GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system.
-
-
-PIN configuration
------------------
-
-Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC
-registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration
-implementation to configure pins as necessary.
-
-The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a
-driver or machine to change gpio configuration.
-
-See arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h for more information
-on these functions.
+++ /dev/null
- Samsung ARM Linux Overview
- ==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial
- ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of
- the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code
- that supports this.
-
- The currently supported SoCs are:
-
- - S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for full list
- - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410
- - S5PC110 / S5PV210
-
-
-S3C24XX Systems
----------------
-
- There is still documentation in Documnetation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/ which
- deals with the architecture and drivers specific to these devices.
-
- See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for more information
- on the implementation details and specific support.
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of
- unifying all the SoCs into one kernel.
-
- s5pc110_defconfig - S5PC110 specific default configuration
- s5pv210_defconfig - S5PV210 specific default configuration
-
-
-Layout
-------
-
- The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of
- several platform directories and then the machine specific directories
- of the CPUs being built for.
-
- plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the
- last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build
- specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions
- to get the system running.
-
- plat-s3c24xx is for s3c24xx specific builds, see the S3C24XX docs.
-
- plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the
- S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory
- due to differences in the hardware.
-
-
-Layout changes
---------------
-
- The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with
- support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves
- where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having
- so many different platform directories.
-
-
-Port Contributors
------------------
-
- Ben Dooks (BJD)
- Vincent Sanders
- Herbert Potzl
- Arnaud Patard (RTP)
- Roc Wu
- Klaus Fetscher
- Dimitry Andric
- Shannon Holland
- Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
- Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
- Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Copyright 2009-2010 Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
+++ /dev/null
-#!/usr/bin/awk -f
-#
-# Copyright 2010 Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
-#
-# Released under GPLv2
-
-# example usage
-# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst
-
-function extract_value(s)
-{
- eqat = index(s, "=")
- comat = index(s, ",")
- return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2)
-}
-
-function remove_brackets(b)
-{
- return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2)
-}
-
-function splitdefine(l, p)
-{
- r = split(l, tp)
-
- p[0] = tp[2]
- p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3])
-}
-
-function find_length(f)
-{
- if (0)
- printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
-
- if (f ~ /0x1/)
- return 1
- else if (f ~ /0x3/)
- return 2
- else if (f ~ /0x7/)
- return 3
- else if (f ~ /0xf/)
- return 4
-
- printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit
-}
-
-function find_shift(s)
-{
- id = index(s, "<")
- if (id <= 0) {
- printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit
- }
-
- return substr(s, id+2)
-}
-
-
-BEGIN {
- if (ARGC < 2) {
- print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit
- }
-
-# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need
-# to replace and create an associative array of values
-
- while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) {
- if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ &&
- !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) {
- splitdefine(line, fields)
- name = fields[0]
- if (0)
- printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1])
- dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1])
- if (0)
- printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- } else {
- }
- }
-
- delete ARGV[1]
-}
-
-/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ {
- shift=""
- mask=""
- divshift=""
- reg_div=""
- reg_src=""
- indent=1
-
- print $0
-
- for(; indent >= 1;) {
- if ((getline line) <= 0) {
- printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit 1;
- }
-
- if (line ~ /\.shift/) {
- shift = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) {
- mask = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) {
- reg_div = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) {
- reg_src = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) {
- divshift = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /{/) {
- indent++
- print line
- } else if (line ~ /}/) {
- indent--
-
- if (indent == 0) {
- if (0) {
- printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- }
-
- generated = mask
- sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated)
-
- if (0) {
- printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n"
- printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n"
- printf "/* shift " shift " */\n"
- printf "/* mask " mask " */\n"
- printf "/* generated " generated " */\n"
- }
-
- if (reg_div != "") {
- printf "\t.reg_div = { "
- printf ".reg = " reg_div ", "
- printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", "
- printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", "
- printf "},\n"
- }
-
- printf "\t.reg_src = { "
- printf ".reg = " reg_src ", "
- printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", "
- printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", "
-
- printf "},\n"
-
- }
-
- print line
- } else {
- print line
- }
-
- if (0)
- printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- }
-}
-
-// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 }
+++ /dev/null
-Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux
----------------------------------------------
-
-The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter
-structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used
-for most ARM Linux architectures.
-
-This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the
-kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived
-through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it
-should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch().
-
-There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described
-below:
-
- page_size
-
- This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and
- will be checked by the kernel.
-
- nr_pages
-
- This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If
- the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number
- of pages in the system.
-
- If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not
- include this information.
-
- ramdisk_size
-
- This is now obsolete, and should not be used.
-
- flags
-
- Various kernel flags, including:
- bit 0 - 1 = mount root read only
- bit 1 - unused
- bit 2 - 0 = load ramdisk
- bit 3 - 0 = prompt for ramdisk
-
- rootdev
-
- major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem.
-
- video_num_cols
- video_num_rows
-
- These two together describe the character size of the dummy console,
- or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other
- purpose.
-
- It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or
- the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows
- all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly.
-
- video_x
- video_y
-
- This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and
- is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and
- should not be used for other purposes).
-
- memc_control_reg
-
- MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000
- based machines. May be used differently by different architectures.
-
- sounddefault
-
- Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by
- different architectures.
-
- adfsdrives
-
- Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different
- architectures.
-
- bytes_per_char_h
- bytes_per_char_v
-
- These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
-
- pages_in_bank[4]
-
- Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC).
- This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory
- is non-contiguous from the processors point of view.
-
- pages_in_vram
-
- Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also
- be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained
- from the hardware.
-
- initrd_start
- initrd_size
-
- This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the
- initial ramdisk.
-
- rd_start
-
- Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk.
-
- system_rev
-
- system revision number.
-
- system_serial_low
- system_serial_high
-
- system 64-bit serial number
-
- mem_fclk_21285
-
- The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge),
- which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port.
- Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between
- 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed,
- then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures.
-
- paths[8][128]
-
- These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
-
- commandline
-
- Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere.
+++ /dev/null
-Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code
------------------------------------------------
-
-Date: 20 May 2004
-Author: Russell King
-
-This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It
-provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found
-on ARM926EJ-S.
-
-This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by
-John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this
-library and test suite can be found at:
-
- http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html
-
-The operations which have been tested with this package are:
-
- - fdiv
- - fsub
- - fadd
- - fmul
- - fcmp
- - fcmpe
- - fcvtd
- - fcvts
- - fsito
- - ftosi
- - fsqrt
-
-All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions:
-
-- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results
- when input operands differ in signs.
-- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a
- result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number
- after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception.
-
-Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests
-are:
-
- - fcpy
- - fabs
- - fneg
- - ftoui
- - ftosiz
- - ftouiz
-
-The combination operations have not been tested:
-
- - fmac
- - fnmac
- - fmsc
- - fnmsc
- - fnmul
--- /dev/null
+=======================
+ARM Linux 2.6 and upper
+=======================
+
+ Please check <ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/armlinux> for
+ updates.
+
+Compilation of kernel
+---------------------
+
+ In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of
+ generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be
+ a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report
+ an error if your compiler is a recognized offender.
+
+ To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line
+ in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF
+ tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE
+ line as detailed below.
+
+ If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top
+ level make file::
+
+ ARCH = <whatever>
+
+ with::
+
+ ARCH = arm
+
+ and::
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE=
+
+ to::
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE=<your-path-to-your-compiler-without-gcc>
+
+ eg.::
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux-
+
+ Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel
+ (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a
+ 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'.
+
+
+Bug reports etc
+---------------
+
+ Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see
+ http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
+ explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
+
+ Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk,
+ or submitted through the web form at
+ http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/
+
+ When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
+ information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
+ the problem, what you were doing, etc.
+
+
+Include files
+-------------
+
+ Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm,
+ which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These
+ directories, and their purpose is listed below:
+
+ ============= ==========================================================
+ `arch-*` machine/platform specific header files
+ `hardware` driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions
+ `mach` descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces
+ `proc-*` processor dependent header files (currently only two
+ categories)
+ ============= ==========================================================
+
+
+Machine/Platform support
+------------------------
+
+ The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To
+ continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split
+ machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is
+ used to select which directories and files get included (we will use
+ $(MACHINE) to refer to the category)
+
+ To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are
+ designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI,
+ memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future
+ machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach
+ directory.
+
+
+Modules
+-------
+
+ Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator),
+ each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take
+ memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages.
+ Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it?
+
+ However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and
+ as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can
+ make good use of modularisation.
+
+
+ADFS Image files
+----------------
+
+ You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS
+ partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have
+ losetup installed.
+
+ Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at
+ the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup.
+
+
+Request to developers
+---------------------
+
+ When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please
+ include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This
+ allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring
+ half the code to be compiled into the kernel image.
+
+ In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It
+ makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware.
+
+
+ST506 hard drives
+-----------------
+
+ The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little
+ slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an
+ A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires
+ someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the
+ HDC base to the source.
+
+ As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS
+ `*configure` harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great
+ big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ).
+
+ I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what
+ RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting
+ last week :-)
+
+ Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where
+ the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY
+ in that case...hmm).
+
+
+1772 Floppy
+-----------
+ This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It
+ hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which
+ could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this
+ are welcome.
+
+
+`CONFIG_MACH_` and `CONFIG_ARCH_`
+---------------------------------
+ A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines.
+ Historically, `CONFIG_ARCH_` was used for the bonafide architecture,
+ e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture,
+ e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros
+ to read `CONFIG_MACH_` for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has
+ not been made because it would complicate patching.
+
+ Previous registrations may be found online.
+
+ <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
+
+Kernel entry (head.S)
+---------------------
+ The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine
+ independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on
+ entry, which must be kept unique.
+
+ Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides
+ for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up
+ duplicating large amounts of code.
+
+ We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A
+ class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and
+ acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These
+ classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach-<class> and
+ arch/arm/mach-<class> - which contain the source files to/include/mach
+ support the machine class. This directories also contain any machine
+ specific supporting code.
+
+ For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC
+ devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off-
+ board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
+ machine specific "personality."
+
+ For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
+ controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At
+ compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for
+ a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
+
+ For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
+ controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
+ compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the
+ web site at:
+
+ <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
+
+ Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your
+ platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
+
+---
+
+Russell King (15/03/2004)
--- /dev/null
+=================
+Booting ARM Linux
+=================
+
+Author: Russell King
+
+Date : 18 May 2002
+
+The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond.
+
+In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small
+program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected
+to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel,
+passing information to the kernel.
+
+Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
+following:
+
+1. Setup and initialise the RAM.
+2. Initialise one serial port.
+3. Detect the machine type.
+4. Setup the kernel tagged list.
+5. Load initramfs.
+6. Call the kernel image.
+
+
+1. Setup and initialise RAM
+---------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+
+The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
+kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs
+this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms
+to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
+the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
+sees fit.)
+
+
+2. Initialise one serial port
+-----------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
+New boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
+
+The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the
+target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect
+which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally
+used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.)
+
+As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console='
+option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and
+serial format options as described in
+
+ Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst.
+
+
+3. Detect the machine type
+--------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
+
+The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
+method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
+looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
+The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
+value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This
+should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
+
+For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
+tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly
+necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
+
+4. Setup boot data
+------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+
+The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for
+passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the
+boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2.
+
+4a. Setup the kernel tagged list
+--------------------------------
+
+The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list.
+A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE.
+The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag
+has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set
+the size field to zero.
+
+Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined
+whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the
+previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its
+entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter.
+
+The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of
+the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the
+minimum tagged list should look::
+
+ +-----------+
+ base -> | ATAG_CORE | |
+ +-----------+ |
+ | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address
+ +-----------+ |
+ | ATAG_NONE | |
+ +-----------+ v
+
+The tagged list should be stored in system RAM.
+
+The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither
+the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite
+it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM.
+
+4b. Setup the device tree
+-------------------------
+
+The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram
+at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The
+dtb format is documented in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt.
+The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb
+physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a
+tagged list.
+
+The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the
+system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be
+placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not
+overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered
+by the kernel's low-memory mapping.
+
+A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM.
+
+5. Load initramfs.
+------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL
+New boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL
+
+If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in
+a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it
+while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's
+low-memory mapping.
+
+A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will
+be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as
+recommended above.
+
+6. Calling the kernel image
+---------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+
+There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage
+is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash,
+then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash
+directly.
+
+The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The
+kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended
+that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate
+prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly
+faster.
+
+When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter.
+In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal
+to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET.
+
+In any case, the following conditions must be met:
+
+- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
+ corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save
+ you many hours of debug.
+
+- CPU register settings
+
+ - r0 = 0,
+ - r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above.
+ - r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or
+ physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM
+
+- CPU mode
+
+ All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
+
+ For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
+ CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel)
+
+ CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
+ entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
+ these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
+ unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
+ hypervisor.
+
+ If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
+ entered in SVC mode.
+
+- Caches, MMUs
+
+ The MMU must be off.
+
+ Instruction cache may be on or off.
+
+ Data cache must be off.
+
+ If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
+ the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
+ kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the
+ hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
+ peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
+ possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
+ should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
+ virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
+
+- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
+ directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
+
+ On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be
+ made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel.
+
+ On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as
+ Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state.
--- /dev/null
+=========================================================
+Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm
+=========================================================
+
+This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and
+cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency
+controls safely.
+
+The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is
+needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view
+of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the
+algorithm in use.
+
+
+Rationale
+---------
+
+In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the
+ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing
+power consumption and thermal dissipation.
+
+In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable
+to have the ability to turn off entire clusters.
+
+Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it
+involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group
+of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This
+means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical
+cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do
+so.
+
+Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because
+mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which
+are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or
+disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as
+writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other
+methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe
+power-down and power-up at the cluster level.
+
+The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory
+based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as
+lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties.
+
+
+Basic model
+-----------
+
+Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows:
+
+ - DOWN
+ - COMING_UP
+ - UP
+ - GOING_DOWN
+
+::
+
+ +---------> UP ----------+
+ | v
+
+ COMING_UP GOING_DOWN
+
+ ^ |
+ +--------- DOWN <--------+
+
+
+DOWN:
+ The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or
+ suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended.
+
+COMING_UP:
+ The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state.
+ It may be part way through the process of initialisation and
+ enabling coherency.
+
+UP:
+ The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware
+ level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used
+ actively by the kernel.
+
+GOING_DOWN:
+ The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN
+ state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and
+ coherency exit.
+
+
+Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time.
+The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below.
+
+Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the
+state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and
+to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different
+CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster-
+level states are described in the "Cluster state" section.
+
+To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this
+discussion, the state names are given a `CPU_` prefix for the CPU states,
+and a `CLUSTER_` or `INBOUND_` prefix for the cluster states.
+
+
+CPU state
+---------
+
+In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is
+referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded:
+therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time.
+
+This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely.
+
+The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system:
+
+ - CPU_DOWN
+ - CPU_COMING_UP
+ - CPU_UP
+ - CPU_GOING_DOWN
+
+::
+
+ cluster setup and
+ CPU setup complete policy decision
+ +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+
+ | v
+
+ CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN
+
+ ^ |
+ +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+
+ policy decision CPU teardown complete
+ or hardware event
+
+
+The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of
+the basic model.
+
+Transitions between states occur as follows.
+
+A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the
+next state as a result of making local progress only, with no
+requirement for any external event to happen.
+
+
+CPU_DOWN:
+ A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for
+ power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically
+ power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a
+ firmware call.
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_COMING_UP
+ Conditions:
+ none
+
+ Trigger events:
+ a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
+ from a policy decision on another CPU;
+
+ b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
+
+
+CPU_COMING_UP:
+ A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the
+ cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready,
+ then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the
+ cluster has been set up.
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_UP
+ Conditions:
+ The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP.
+ Trigger events:
+ Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP.
+
+ Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the
+ CLUSTER_UP state.
+
+
+CPU_UP:
+ When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to
+ start participating in local coherency.
+
+ This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code.
+
+ Note that the definition of this state is slightly different
+ from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the
+ CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume
+ the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume
+ procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the
+ race avoidance algorithm.
+
+ The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision
+ is made to shut down or suspend the CPU.
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_GOING_DOWN
+ Conditions:
+ none
+ Trigger events:
+ explicit policy decision
+
+
+CPU_GOING_DOWN:
+ While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any
+ operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data
+ caches).
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_DOWN
+ Conditions:
+ local CPU teardown complete
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+Cluster state
+-------------
+
+A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources.
+Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple
+things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a
+CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down.
+
+In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state
+as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the
+view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up.
+
+In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important
+that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state
+independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this
+reason, the cluster state is split into two parts:
+
+ "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state
+ on the outbound side:
+
+ - CLUSTER_DOWN
+ - CLUSTER_UP
+ - CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
+
+ "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side.
+
+ - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+ - INBOUND_COMING_UP
+
+
+ The different pairings of these states results in six possible
+ states for the cluster as a whole::
+
+ CLUSTER_UP
+ +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+
+ # |
+ |
+ CLUSTER_UP <----+ |
+ INBOUND_COMING_UP | v
+
+ ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
+ # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN | |
+ INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ |
+ |
+ ^ |
+ +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+
+ INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+
+ Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and
+ only involve changes to the "cluster" state.
+
+ Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only
+ involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no
+ further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the
+ outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state).
+
+ The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine
+ which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must
+ be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section
+ "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation.
+
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the
+ cluster can actually be powered down.
+
+ The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by
+ the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/
+ INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic
+ model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to
+ COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster
+ teardown completely.
+
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic
+ model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+ is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the
+ next cycle.
+
+ Details of the allowable transitions follow.
+
+ The next state in each case is notated
+
+ <cluster state>/<inbound state> (<transitioner>)
+
+ where the <transitioner> is the side on which the transition
+ can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side.
+
+
+CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+
+ Trigger events:
+ a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
+ from a policy decision on another CPU;
+
+ b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
+
+
+CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
+
+ In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including
+ enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any
+ other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required
+ in order to achieve this.
+
+ The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level
+ setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency
+ safely.
+
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
+
+ Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
+ enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
+ enter coherency.
+
+ This is a transient state, leading immediately to
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster
+ should consider treat these two states as equivalent.
+
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
+
+ Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
+ enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
+ enter coherency.
+
+ The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is
+ made to power the cluster down.
+
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+ Trigger events:
+ policy decision to power down the cluster
+
+
+CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
+
+ An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU
+ must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the
+ CPU_DOWN state.
+
+ When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn
+ down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting
+ cluster-level coherency.
+
+ To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound
+ should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous
+ transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual
+ CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP.
+
+
+ Next states:
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster torn down and ready to power off
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+
+ Trigger events:
+ a) an explicit hardware power-up operation,
+ resulting from a policy decision on another
+ CPU;
+
+ b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
+
+
+CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
+
+ The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has
+ come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster
+ again.
+
+ If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices:
+
+ a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the
+ CLUSTER_UP state;
+
+ b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster
+ in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will
+ set up the cluster again from there.
+
+ Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding
+ unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where
+ the cluster is not really going to be powered down.
+
+
+ Next states:
+
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster-level setup and hardware
+ coherency complete
+
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster torn down and ready to power off
+
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+Last man and First man selection
+--------------------------------
+
+The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side
+is commonly referred to as the "last man".
+
+The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly
+referred to as the "first man".
+
+The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a
+mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles.
+
+
+Last man:
+
+When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially
+executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can
+be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become
+non-coherent.
+
+
+First man:
+
+Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up
+events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU
+attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level
+initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before
+proceeding.
+
+Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring
+coherency controls in the bus fabric.
+
+The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion
+mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in
+detail in vlocks.txt.
+
+
+Features and Limitations
+------------------------
+
+Implementation:
+
+ The current ARM-based implementation is split between
+ arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and
+ arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else):
+
+ __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the
+ CPU_GOING_DOWN state.
+
+ __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN
+ state.
+
+ A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the
+ low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could
+ involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current
+ implementation it does not.
+
+ __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical()
+ handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
+ and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in
+ the case of an aborted cluster power-down).
+
+ These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*()
+ functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which
+ is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level.
+
+ A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via
+ the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This
+ typically involves platform-specific setup code,
+ provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup
+ function registered via mcpm_sync_init.
+
+Deep topologies:
+
+ As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not
+ support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e.,
+ clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be
+ extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the
+ additional topological levels, and modifying the transition
+ rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels.
+
+
+Colophon
+--------
+
+Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in
+collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta.
+
+Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
+Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
+License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
+++ /dev/null
-Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm
-=========================================================
-
-This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and
-cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency
-controls safely.
-
-The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is
-needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view
-of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the
-algorithm in use.
-
-
-Rationale
----------
-
-In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the
-ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing
-power consumption and thermal dissipation.
-
-In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable
-to have the ability to turn off entire clusters.
-
-Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it
-involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group
-of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This
-means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical
-cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do
-so.
-
-Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because
-mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which
-are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or
-disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as
-writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other
-methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe
-power-down and power-up at the cluster level.
-
-The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory
-based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as
-lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties.
-
-
-Basic model
------------
-
-Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows:
-
- DOWN
- COMING_UP
- UP
- GOING_DOWN
-
- +---------> UP ----------+
- | v
-
- COMING_UP GOING_DOWN
-
- ^ |
- +--------- DOWN <--------+
-
-
-DOWN: The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or
- suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended.
-
-COMING_UP: The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state.
- It may be part way through the process of initialisation and
- enabling coherency.
-
-UP: The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware
- level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used
- actively by the kernel.
-
-GOING_DOWN: The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN
- state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and
- coherency exit.
-
-
-Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time.
-The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below.
-
-Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the
-state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and
-to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different
-CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster-
-level states are described in the "Cluster state" section.
-
-To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this
-discussion, the state names are given a CPU_ prefix for the CPU states,
-and a CLUSTER_ or INBOUND_ prefix for the cluster states.
-
-
-CPU state
----------
-
-In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is
-referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded:
-therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time.
-
-This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely.
-
-The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system:
-
- CPU_DOWN
- CPU_COMING_UP
- CPU_UP
- CPU_GOING_DOWN
-
- cluster setup and
- CPU setup complete policy decision
- +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+
- | v
-
- CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN
-
- ^ |
- +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+
- policy decision CPU teardown complete
- or hardware event
-
-
-The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of
-the basic model.
-
-Transitions between states occur as follows.
-
-A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the
-next state as a result of making local progress only, with no
-requirement for any external event to happen.
-
-
-CPU_DOWN:
-
- A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for
- power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically
- power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a
- firmware call.
-
- Next state: CPU_COMING_UP
- Conditions: none
-
- Trigger events:
-
- a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
- from a policy decision on another CPU;
-
- b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
-
-
-CPU_COMING_UP:
-
- A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the
- cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready,
- then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the
- cluster has been set up.
-
- Next state: CPU_UP
- Conditions: The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP.
- Trigger events: Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP.
-
- Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the
- CLUSTER_UP state.
-
-
-CPU_UP:
- When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to
- start participating in local coherency.
-
- This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code.
-
- Note that the definition of this state is slightly different
- from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the
- CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume
- the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume
- procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the
- race avoidance algorithm.
-
- The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision
- is made to shut down or suspend the CPU.
-
- Next state: CPU_GOING_DOWN
- Conditions: none
- Trigger events: explicit policy decision
-
-
-CPU_GOING_DOWN:
-
- While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any
- operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data
- caches).
-
- Next state: CPU_DOWN
- Conditions: local CPU teardown complete
- Trigger events: (spontaneous)
-
-
-Cluster state
--------------
-
-A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources.
-Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple
-things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a
-CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down.
-
-In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state
-as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the
-view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up.
-
-In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important
-that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state
-independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this
-reason, the cluster state is split into two parts:
-
- "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state
- on the outbound side:
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN
- CLUSTER_UP
- CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
-
- "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side.
-
- INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
- INBOUND_COMING_UP
-
-
- The different pairings of these states results in six possible
- states for the cluster as a whole:
-
- CLUSTER_UP
- +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+
- # |
- |
- CLUSTER_UP <----+ |
- INBOUND_COMING_UP | v
-
- ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
- # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN | |
- INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ |
- |
- ^ |
- +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+
- INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
-
- Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and
- only involve changes to the "cluster" state.
-
- Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only
- involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no
- further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the
- outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state).
-
- The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine
- which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must
- be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section
- "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation.
-
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the
- cluster can actually be powered down.
-
- The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by
- the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/
- INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic
- model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to
- COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster
- teardown completely.
-
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic
- model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
- is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the
- next cycle.
-
- Details of the allowable transitions follow.
-
- The next state in each case is notated
-
- <cluster state>/<inbound state> (<transitioner>)
-
- where the <transitioner> is the side on which the transition
- can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side.
-
-
-CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
-
- Next state: CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions: none
- Trigger events:
-
- a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
- from a policy decision on another CPU;
-
- b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
-
-
-CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
-
- In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including
- enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any
- other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required
- in order to achieve this.
-
- The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level
- setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency
- safely.
-
- Next state: CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions: cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete
- Trigger events: (spontaneous)
-
-
-CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
-
- Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
- enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
- enter coherency.
-
- This is a transient state, leading immediately to
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster
- should consider treat these two states as equivalent.
-
- Next state: CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions: none
- Trigger events: (spontaneous)
-
-
-CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
-
- Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
- enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
- enter coherency.
-
- The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is
- made to power the cluster down.
-
- Next state: CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions: none
- Trigger events: policy decision to power down the cluster
-
-
-CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
-
- An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU
- must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the
- CPU_DOWN state.
-
- When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn
- down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting
- cluster-level coherency.
-
- To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound
- should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous
- transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual
- CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP.
-
-
- Next states:
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions: cluster torn down and ready to power off
- Trigger events: (spontaneous)
-
- CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions: none
- Trigger events:
-
- a) an explicit hardware power-up operation,
- resulting from a policy decision on another
- CPU;
-
- b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
-
-
-CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
-
- The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has
- come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster
- again.
-
- If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices:
-
- a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the
- CLUSTER_UP state;
-
- b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster
- in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will
- set up the cluster again from there.
-
- Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding
- unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where
- the cluster is not really going to be powered down.
-
-
- Next states:
-
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions: cluster-level setup and hardware
- coherency complete
- Trigger events: (spontaneous)
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions: cluster torn down and ready to power off
- Trigger events: (spontaneous)
-
-
-Last man and First man selection
---------------------------------
-
-The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side
-is commonly referred to as the "last man".
-
-The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly
-referred to as the "first man".
-
-The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a
-mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles.
-
-
-Last man:
-
-When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially
-executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can
-be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become
-non-coherent.
-
-
-First man:
-
-Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up
-events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU
-attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level
-initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before
-proceeding.
-
-Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring
-coherency controls in the bus fabric.
-
-The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion
-mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in
-detail in vlocks.txt.
-
-
-Features and Limitations
-------------------------
-
-Implementation:
-
- The current ARM-based implementation is split between
- arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and
- arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else):
-
- __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the
- CPU_GOING_DOWN state.
-
- __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN
- state.
-
- A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the
- low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could
- involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current
- implementation it does not.
-
- __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical()
- handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
- and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in
- the case of an aborted cluster power-down).
-
- These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*()
- functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which
- is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level.
-
- A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via
- the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This
- typically involves platform-specific setup code,
- provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup
- function registered via mcpm_sync_init.
-
-Deep topologies:
-
- As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not
- support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e.,
- clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be
- extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the
- additional topological levels, and modifying the transition
- rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels.
-
-
-Colophon
---------
-
-Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in
-collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta.
-
-Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
-Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
-License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
--- /dev/null
+==========================================================================
+Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM
+==========================================================================
+
+Written by Tomasz Figa <t.figa@samsung.com>
+
+Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure
+world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes
+a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware
+operations and call them when needed.
+
+Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops
+with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops()
+function::
+
+ void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops)
+
+The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops
+and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header.
+
+There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to
+set anything if platform does not require firmware operations.
+
+To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided::
+
+ #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \
+ ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS))
+
+the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns
+-ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow
+fallback to legacy operation).
+
+Example of registering firmware operations::
+
+ /* board file */
+
+ static int platformX_do_idle(void)
+ {
+ /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i)
+ {
+ /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = {
+ .do_idle = exynos_do_idle,
+ .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot,
+ /* other operations not available on platformX */
+ };
+
+ /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */
+ static void __init board_init_early(void)
+ {
+ register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops);
+ }
+
+Example of using a firmware operation::
+
+ /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */
+
+ __raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup),
+ CPU1_BOOT_REG);
+
+ /* Call Exynos specific smc call */
+ if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS)
+ cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */
+
+ gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1);
+++ /dev/null
-Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM.
-----
-Written by Tomasz Figa <t.figa@samsung.com>
-
-Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure
-world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes
-a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware
-operations and call them when needed.
-
-Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops
-with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops()
-function.
-
- void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops)
-
-The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops
-and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header.
-
-There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to
-set anything if platform does not require firmware operations.
-
-To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided
-
- #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \
- ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS))
-
-the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns
--ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow
-fallback to legacy operation).
-
-Example of registering firmware operations:
-
- /* board file */
-
- static int platformX_do_idle(void)
- {
- /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */
- return 0;
- }
-
- static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i)
- {
- /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */
- return 0;
- }
-
- static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = {
- .do_idle = exynos_do_idle,
- .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot,
- /* other operations not available on platformX */
- };
-
- /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */
- static void __init board_init_early(void)
- {
- register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops);
- }
-
-Example of using a firmware operation:
-
- /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */
-
- __raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup),
- CPU1_BOOT_REG);
-
- /* Call Exynos specific smc call */
- if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS)
- cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */
-
- gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1);
--- /dev/null
+:orphan:
+
+================
+ARM Architecture
+================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ arm
+ booting
+ cluster-pm-race-avoidance
+ firmware
+ interrupts
+ kernel_mode_neon
+ kernel_user_helpers
+ memory
+ mem_alignment
+ tcm
+ setup
+ swp_emulation
+ uefi
+ vlocks
+ porting
+
+SoC-specific documents
+======================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ ixp4xx
+
+ marvel
+ microchip
+
+ netwinder
+ nwfpe/index
+
+ keystone/overview
+ keystone/knav-qmss
+
+ omap/index
+
+ pxa/mfp
+
+
+ sa1100/index
+
+ stm32/stm32f746-overview
+ stm32/overview
+ stm32/stm32h743-overview
+ stm32/stm32f769-overview
+ stm32/stm32f429-overview
+ stm32/stm32mp157-overview
+
+ sunxi
+
+ samsung/index
+ samsung-s3c24xx/index
+
+ sunxi/clocks
+
+ spear/overview
+
+ sti/stih416-overview
+ sti/stih407-overview
+ sti/stih418-overview
+ sti/overview
+ sti/stih415-overview
+
+ vfp/release-notes
+
+
+.. only:: subproject and html
+
+ Indices
+ =======
+
+ * :ref:`genindex`
--- /dev/null
+==========
+Interrupts
+==========
+
+2.5.2-rmk5:
+ This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the
+ major architecture-specific subsystems.
+
+Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the
+MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately -
+we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer),
+and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry).
+There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to
+allow more flexible TLB handling for the future.
+
+Secondly, the IRQ subsystem.
+
+The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled.
+Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[]
+array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every
+machine type that we currently have.
+
+Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have::
+
+ GPIO25 IRR:2
+ SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111
+ IIR:1
+ -----------> USAR
+ IIR:0
+ -----------> SMC9196
+
+The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually
+exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the
+SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to
+finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an
+IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and
+SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector
+data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the
+SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely.
+
+
+The new approach brings several new ideas...
+
+We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example,
+to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d
+are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR.
+
+We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of
+the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the
+SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for
+GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for
+the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name).
+This structure has the following operations::
+
+ struct irqchip {
+ /*
+ * Acknowledge the IRQ.
+ * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ
+ * as well.
+ */
+ void (*ack)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Mask the IRQ in hardware.
+ */
+ void (*mask)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Unmask the IRQ in hardware.
+ */
+ void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Re-run the IRQ
+ */
+ void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Set the type of the IRQ.
+ */
+ int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type);
+ };
+
+ack
+ - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs
+ handled by do_level_IRQ.
+mask
+ - required.
+unmask
+ - required.
+rerun
+ - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all
+ IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger
+ the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler
+ directly.
+type
+ - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ,
+ it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to
+ set the IRQ type.
+
+For each IRQ, we keep the following information:
+
+ - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s)
+ - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe,
+ noautounmask) as before
+ - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc)
+ - chip
+ - per-IRQ handler
+ - irqaction structure list
+
+The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and
+"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special.
+
+The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple.
+"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you
+need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing
+further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The
+"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware
+manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the
+SMC9196 and USAR above.
+
+So, what's changed?
+===================
+
+1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array.
+
+2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected
+ to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to
+ only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if
+ absolutely necessary.
+
+ set_irq_chip(irq,chip)
+ Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ
+
+ set_irq_handler(irq,handler)
+ Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple)
+
+ set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler)
+ Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically
+ enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers).
+
+ set_irq_flags(irq,flags)
+ Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags.
+
+ set_irq_type(irq,type)
+ Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the
+ SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge()
+ function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in
+ <linux/irq.h>
+
+3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type.
+
+4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead.
+
+5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the
+ parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if
+ the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should
+ acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status.
+
+6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls
+ (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ
+ while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the
+ "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes,
+ the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must
+ be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for
+ details).
+
+7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is `arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h`
+
+Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are
+hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same
+parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based
+solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency.
--- /dev/null
+===========================================================
+Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor
+===========================================================
+
+Maintained by Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@plexity.net>
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+1. Overview
+
+Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that
+is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular
+in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power
+consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors
+that support different network offload functions such as encryption,
+routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which
+supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more
+integration such as an on-chip I2C controller.
+
+For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see:
+
+ http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm
+
+Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx
+stripped of much of the network intelligence.
+
+2. Linux Support
+
+Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips:
+
+- Dual serial ports
+- PCI interface
+- Flash access (MTD/JFFS)
+- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x
+- GPIO for input/output/interrupts
+ See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions.
+- Timers (watchdog, OS)
+
+The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and
+require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software:
+
+- USB device interface
+- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc)
+- Network offload functionality
+
+If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
+software from:
+
+ http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
+
+DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY
+SOFTWARE.
+
+There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
+Intel's software:
+
+ - http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
+ Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries
+
+ - http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/
+ Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux
+
+ - http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/
+ ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries
+
+3. Known Issues/Limitations
+
+3a. Limited inbound PCI window
+
+The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface
+can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if
+you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible
+range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c.
+
+3b. Limited outbound PCI window
+
+IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space:
+
+1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB).
+ To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR
+ into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl]
+ macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it
+ limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be
+ problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
+
+2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be
+ configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows
+ for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus.
+ The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires
+ three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some
+ cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot
+ mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature
+ of the PCI window.
+
+By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If
+you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option.
+
+3c. GPIO as Interrupts
+
+Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts
+
+4. Supported platforms
+
+ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform
+http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
+
+ The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building
+ small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100
+ interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL
+ interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected
+ via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally,
+ the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards.
+ Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
+
+Gateworks Avila Network Platform
+http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
+
+ The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
+ replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
+ the expansion bus.
+
+Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm
+
+ This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is
+ also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
+ of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
+
+Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
+
+ This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
+ of just 16.
+
+Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
+
+ This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller
+ added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only
+ have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI
+ adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either
+ the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does
+ a pivot_root to NFS.
+
+Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
+http://www.fountainsys.com
+
+ The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
+ and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
+ contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
+ plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
+ supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
+
+5. TODO LIST
+
+- Add support for Coyote IDE
+- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts
+- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus
+
+6. Thanks
+
+The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc.
+
+The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc:
+
+- Lennerty Buytenhek
+- Lutz Jaenicke
+- Justin Mayfield
+- Robert E. Ranslam
+
+[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added]
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Last Update: 01/04/2005
--- /dev/null
+================
+Kernel mode NEON
+================
+
+TL;DR summary
+-------------
+* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support
+ code
+* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with
+ '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
+* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your
+ NEON code
+* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with
+ preemption disabled
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in
+code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP
+register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken
+exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is
+required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e.,
+may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a
+non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below.
+
+
+Lazy preserve and restore
+-------------------------
+The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and
+lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is
+kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are
+contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to
+another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after
+every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP
+instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if
+necessary.
+
+Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so
+it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and
+enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first
+subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which
+should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued.
+Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user
+mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the
+function kernel_neon_end().
+
+
+Interruptions in kernel mode
+----------------------------
+For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no
+preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This
+implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if
+they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the
+following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel:
+* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context;
+* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep;
+* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled.
+
+If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to
+kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of
+the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be
+reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime)
+
+
+VFP and support code
+--------------------
+Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things
+like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such
+software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction
+exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the
+current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software.
+
+Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions
+executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will
+fail and generate an OOPS.
+
+
+Separating NEON code from ordinary code
+---------------------------------------
+The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and
+kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions
+between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON
+instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the
+kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP
+instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken.
+
+Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the
+kernel is by adhering to the following rules:
+
+* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with
+ '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
+* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls
+ into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not*
+ built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set.
+
+As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that
+both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation
+units at any optimization level.
+
+
+NEON assembler
+--------------
+NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules
+above are followed.
+
+
+NEON code generated by GCC
+--------------------------
+The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit
+parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully
+supported as long as the rules above are followed.
+
+
+NEON intrinsics
+---------------
+NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics
+relies on the GCC header <arm_neon.h>, (which #includes <stdint.h>), you should
+observe the following in addition to the rules above:
+
+* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC
+ uses its builtin version of <stdint.h> (this is a C99 header which the kernel
+ does not supply);
+* Include <arm_neon.h> last, or at least after <linux/types.h>
+++ /dev/null
-Kernel mode NEON
-================
-
-TL;DR summary
--------------
-* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support
- code
-* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with
- '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
-* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your
- NEON code
-* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with
- preemption disabled
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in
-code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP
-register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken
-exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is
-required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e.,
-may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a
-non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below.
-
-
-Lazy preserve and restore
--------------------------
-The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and
-lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is
-kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are
-contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to
-another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after
-every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP
-instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if
-necessary.
-
-Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so
-it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and
-enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first
-subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which
-should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued.
-Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user
-mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the
-function kernel_neon_end().
-
-
-Interruptions in kernel mode
-----------------------------
-For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no
-preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This
-implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if
-they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the
-following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel:
-* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context;
-* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep;
-* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled.
-
-If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to
-kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of
-the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be
-reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime)
-
-
-VFP and support code
---------------------
-Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things
-like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such
-software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction
-exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the
-current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software.
-
-Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions
-executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will
-fail and generate an OOPS.
-
-
-Separating NEON code from ordinary code
----------------------------------------
-The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and
-kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions
-between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON
-instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the
-kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP
-instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken.
-
-Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the
-kernel is by adhering to the following rules:
-* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with
- '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
-* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls
- into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not*
- built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set.
-
-As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that
-both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation
-units at any optimization level.
-
-
-NEON assembler
---------------
-NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules
-above are followed.
-
-
-NEON code generated by GCC
---------------------------
-The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit
-parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully
-supported as long as the rules above are followed.
-
-
-NEON intrinsics
----------------
-NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics
-relies on the GCC header <arm_neon.h>, (which #includes <stdint.h>), you should
-observe the following in addition to the rules above:
-* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC
- uses its builtin version of <stdint.h> (this is a C99 header which the kernel
- does not supply);
-* Include <arm_neon.h> last, or at least after <linux/types.h>
--- /dev/null
+============================
+Kernel-provided User Helpers
+============================
+
+These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space
+at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space
+with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented
+native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this
+code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is
+too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries.
+In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on
+the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other
+words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without
+warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are
+guaranteed to be stable.
+
+This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO
+implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with
+constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And
+since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user
+code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable
+overhead to such minimalistic operations.
+
+User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things
+inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of
+the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough
+processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting
+binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to
+usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words
+don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake
+of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to
+use new instructions for other purpose.
+
+New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some
+helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check
+the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is
+safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be
+performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early
+if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that
+process is running on.
+
+kuser_helper_version
+--------------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0ffc
+
+Reference declaration::
+
+ extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
+
+Definition:
+
+ This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the
+ running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability
+ of a particular helper.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ #define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
+
+ void check_kuser_version(void)
+ {
+ if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
+ abort();
+ }
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ User space may assume that the value of this field never changes
+ during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this
+ field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or
+ startup phase of a program.
+
+kuser_get_tls
+-------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0fe0
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
+
+Input:
+
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ r0 = TLS value
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ none
+
+Definition:
+
+ Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
+ #define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
+
+ void foo()
+ {
+ void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
+ printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
+
+kuser_cmpxchg
+-------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0fc0
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
+
+Input:
+
+ r0 = oldval
+ r1 = newval
+ r2 = ptr
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
+ C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ r3, ip, flags
+
+Definition:
+
+ Atomically store newval in `*ptr` only if `*ptr` is equal to oldval.
+ Return zero if `*ptr` was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
+ The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
+ optimization in the calling code.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
+ #define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
+
+ int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
+ {
+ int old, new;
+
+ do {
+ old = *ptr;
+ new = old + val;
+ } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
+
+ return new;
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
+
+kuser_memory_barrier
+--------------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0fa0
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
+
+Input:
+
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ none
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ none
+
+Definition:
+
+ Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified
+ manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
+ #define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
+
+Notes:
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15).
+
+kuser_cmpxchg64
+---------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0f60
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
+ const int64_t *newval,
+ volatile int64_t *ptr);
+
+Input:
+
+ r0 = pointer to oldval
+ r1 = pointer to newval
+ r2 = pointer to target value
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
+ C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ r3, lr, flags
+
+Definition:
+
+ Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by `*newval` in `*ptr` only if `*ptr`
+ is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by `*oldval`. Return zero if `*ptr` was
+ changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
+
+ The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
+ optimization in the calling code.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
+ const int64_t *newval,
+ volatile int64_t *ptr);
+ #define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
+
+ int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
+ {
+ int64_t old, new;
+
+ do {
+ old = *ptr;
+ new = old + val;
+ } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
+
+ return new;
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
+
+ - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser
+ "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point.
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1).
+++ /dev/null
-Kernel-provided User Helpers
-============================
-
-These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space
-at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space
-with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented
-native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this
-code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is
-too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries.
-In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on
-the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other
-words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without
-warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are
-guaranteed to be stable.
-
-This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO
-implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with
-constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And
-since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user
-code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable
-overhead to such minimalistic operations.
-
-User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things
-inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of
-the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough
-processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting
-binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to
-usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words
-don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake
-of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to
-use new instructions for other purpose.
-
-New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some
-helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check
-the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is
-safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be
-performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early
-if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that
-process is running on.
-
-kuser_helper_version
---------------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0ffc
-
-Reference declaration:
-
- extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
-
-Definition:
-
- This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the
- running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability
- of a particular helper.
-
-Usage example:
-
-#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
-
-void check_kuser_version(void)
-{
- if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
- fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
- abort();
- }
-}
-
-Notes:
-
- User space may assume that the value of this field never changes
- during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this
- field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or
- startup phase of a program.
-
-kuser_get_tls
--------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0fe0
-
-Reference prototype:
-
- void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
-
-Input:
-
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- r0 = TLS value
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- none
-
-Definition:
-
- Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall.
-
-Usage example:
-
-typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
-#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
-
-void foo()
-{
- void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
- printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
-}
-
-Notes:
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
-
-kuser_cmpxchg
--------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0fc0
-
-Reference prototype:
-
- int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
-
-Input:
-
- r0 = oldval
- r1 = newval
- r2 = ptr
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
- C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- r3, ip, flags
-
-Definition:
-
- Atomically store newval in *ptr only if *ptr is equal to oldval.
- Return zero if *ptr was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
- The C flag is also set if *ptr was changed to allow for assembly
- optimization in the calling code.
-
-Usage example:
-
-typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
-#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
-
-int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
-{
- int old, new;
-
- do {
- old = *ptr;
- new = old + val;
- } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
-
- return new;
-}
-
-Notes:
-
- - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
-
-kuser_memory_barrier
---------------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0fa0
-
-Reference prototype:
-
- void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
-
-Input:
-
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- none
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- none
-
-Definition:
-
- Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified
- manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage.
-
-Usage example:
-
-typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
-#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
-
-Notes:
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15).
-
-kuser_cmpxchg64
----------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0f60
-
-Reference prototype:
-
- int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
- const int64_t *newval,
- volatile int64_t *ptr);
-
-Input:
-
- r0 = pointer to oldval
- r1 = pointer to newval
- r2 = pointer to target value
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
- C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- r3, lr, flags
-
-Definition:
-
- Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by *newval in *ptr only if *ptr
- is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by *oldval. Return zero if *ptr was
- changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
-
- The C flag is also set if *ptr was changed to allow for assembly
- optimization in the calling code.
-
-Usage example:
-
-typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
- const int64_t *newval,
- volatile int64_t *ptr);
-#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
-
-int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
-{
- int64_t old, new;
-
- do {
- old = *ptr;
- new = old + val;
- } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
-
- return new;
-}
-
-Notes:
-
- - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
-
- - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser
- "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point.
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1).
+++ /dev/null
- TI Keystone Linux Overview
- --------------------------
-
-Introduction
-------------
-Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors
-and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required
-for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments.
-
-Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:-
-
------------- K2HK SoC and EVM --------------------------------------------------
-
-a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC
-TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at
- http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k
- http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h
-
-EVM:
-http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx
-
------------- K2E SoC and EVM ---------------------------------------------------
-
-a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC
-K2E - 66AK2E05: See documentation at
- http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments
-
-EVM:
-https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html
-
------------- K2L SoC and EVM ---------------------------------------------------
-
-a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC
-K2L - TCI6630K2L: See documentation at
- http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments
-EVM:
-https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same
-image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is
-specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used:-
- K2HK EVM : k2hk-evm.dts
- K2E EVM : k2e-evm.dts
- K2L EVM : k2l-evm.dts
-
-The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at
- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
-
-Document Author
----------------
-Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
-Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments
--- /dev/null
+======================================================================
+Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver
+======================================================================
+
+Driver source code path
+ drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c
+ drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c
+
+The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of
+the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone
+multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure
+processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure
+Packet DMA.
+The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating
+management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or
+reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs
+perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management.
+Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in
+descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory.
+The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions,
+queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor
+pool management.
+
+knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues,
+allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For
+details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h
+
+DT documentation is available at
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt
+
+Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware
+============================================
+The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single
+queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the
+driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures
+accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor
+1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in
+CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at
+
+ git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git
+
+k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports upto 48 accumulator
+channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of
+firmware.git at
+
+ git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git
+
+To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or
+ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin
+in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see
+
+ "firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP"
+
+in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful.
+
+Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the
+file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if
+PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open
+request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware
+to file system before using these queue types.
+++ /dev/null
-* Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver
-
-Driver source code path
- drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c
- drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c
-
-The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of
-the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone
-multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure
-processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure
-Packet DMA.
-The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating
-management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or
-reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs
-perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management.
-Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in
-descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory.
-The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions,
-queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor
-pool management.
-
-knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues,
-allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For
-details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h
-
-DT documentation is available at
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt
-
-Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware
-============================================
-The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single
-queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the
-driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures
-accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor
-1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in
-CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at
- git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git
-
-k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports upto 48 accumulator
-channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of
-firmware.git at
- git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git
-
-To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or
-ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin
-in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see
-
- "firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP"
-
-in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful.
-
-Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the
-file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if
-PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open
-request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware
-to file system before using these queue types.
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+TI Keystone Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors
+and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required
+for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments.
+
+Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:-
+
+K2HK SoC and EVM
+=================
+
+a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC
+TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at
+
+ http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k
+ http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h
+
+EVM:
+ http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx
+
+K2E SoC and EVM
+===============
+
+a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC
+
+K2E - 66AK2E05:
+
+See documentation at
+
+ http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments
+
+EVM:
+ https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html
+
+K2L SoC and EVM
+===============
+
+a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC
+
+K2L - TCI6630K2L:
+
+See documentation at
+ http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments
+
+EVM:
+ https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same
+image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is
+specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used:
+
+ K2HK EVM:
+ k2hk-evm.dts
+ K2E EVM:
+ k2e-evm.dts
+ K2L EVM:
+ k2l-evm.dts
+
+The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at
+
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
+
+Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments
--- /dev/null
+================
+ARM Marvell SoCs
+================
+
+This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently
+supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of
+SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support
+for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document
+tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to
+match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available.
+
+Orion family
+------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88F5082
+ - 88F5181
+ - 88F5181L
+ - 88F5182
+
+ - Datasheet: http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf
+ - Programmer's User Guide: http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf
+ - User Manual: http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf
+ - 88F5281
+
+ - Datasheet: http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf
+ - 88F6183
+ Core:
+ Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-orion5x
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+Kirkwood family
+---------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
+ - 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
+ - 88F6190
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6192
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6182
+ - 88F6180
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6281
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ Homepage:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
+ Core:
+ Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mvebu
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ none
+
+Discovery family
+----------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - MV78100
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+ - MV78200
+
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+ - MV76100
+
+ Not supported by the Linux kernel.
+
+ Core:
+ Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+EBU Armada family
+-----------------
+
+ Armada 370 Flavors:
+ - 88F6710
+ - 88F6707
+ - 88F6W11
+
+ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf
+
+ Core:
+ Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B
+
+ Armada 375 Flavors:
+ - 88F6720
+
+ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex-A9
+
+ Armada 38x Flavors:
+ - 88F6810 Armada 380
+ - 88F6820 Armada 385
+ - 88F6828 Armada 388
+
+ - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/
+ - Functional Spec: https://marvellcorp.wufoo.com/forms/marvell-armada-38x-functional-specifications/
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex-A9
+
+ Armada 39x Flavors:
+ - 88F6920 Armada 390
+ - 88F6928 Armada 398
+
+ - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex-A9
+
+ Armada XP Flavors:
+ - MV78230
+ - MV78260
+ - MV78460
+
+ NOTE:
+ not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
+
+ Product Brief:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
+
+ Functional Spec:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf
+
+ - Hardware Specs:
+
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF
+
+ Core:
+ Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mvebu
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ none
+
+EBU Armada family ARMv8
+-----------------------
+
+ Armada 3710/3720 Flavors:
+ - 88F3710
+ - 88F3720
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8)
+
+ Homepage:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/PB-88F3700-FNL.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37*
+
+ Armada 7K Flavors:
+ - 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110)
+ - 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110)
+
+ Core: ARM Cortex A72
+
+ Homepage:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70*
+
+ Armada 8K Flavors:
+ - 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110)
+ - 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110)
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex A72
+
+ Homepage:
+ http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8020PB-Jan2016.pdf
+ - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80*
+
+Avanta family
+-------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88F6510
+ - 88F6530P
+ - 88F6550
+ - 88F6560
+
+ Homepage:
+ http://www.marvell.com/broadband/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf
+
+ No public datasheet available.
+
+ Core:
+ ARMv5 compatible
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
+
+Storage family
+--------------
+
+ Armada SP:
+ - 88RC1580
+
+ Product infos:
+ http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/
+
+ Core:
+ Sheeva ARMv7 comatible Quad-core PJ4C
+
+ (not supported in upstream Linux kernel)
+
+Dove family (application processor)
+-----------------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510
+
+ Product Brief:
+ http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf
+
+ Hardware Spec:
+ http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf
+
+ Functional Spec:
+ http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
+
+ Homepage:
+ http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
+
+ Core:
+ ARMv7 compatible
+
+ Directory:
+ - arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms)
+ - arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms)
+
+PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
+--------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core
+ - PXA270, PXA271, PXA272
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf
+ - Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf
+ - Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf
+ - Specification : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf
+ - Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core
+ - PXA300, PXA310, PXA320
+ - PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf
+ - PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf
+ - PXA 320 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf
+ - Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf
+ - Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip
+ - Specifications : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf
+ - Specification Update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip
+ - Reference Manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
+ - PXA930, PXA935
+ - Application processor with Communication processor
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
+ - PXA955
+ - Application processor with Communication processor
+ - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
+
+ Comments:
+
+ * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
+ Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x,
+ PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while
+ the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell.
+
+ * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
+ common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
+ SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs.
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ arch/arm/plat-pxa
+
+MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor)
+----------------------------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168
+ - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp
+ - Product brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf
+ - Hardware manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf
+ - Software manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf
+ - Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf
+ - Boot ROM manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf
+ - App node package : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
+ - PXA910/PXA920
+ - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf
+ - Application processor with Communication processor
+ - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
+ - PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core
+ - PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3 (OLPC XO4, Linux support not upstream)
+ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core
+ - PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream)
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
+ - PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream)
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core
+ - PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream)
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7
+ - PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53
+
+ Comments:
+
+ * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
+ Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of
+ this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell.
+
+ * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
+ common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
+ SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above.
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mmp
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ arch/arm/plat-pxa
+
+Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions)
+-------------------------------------
+
+ - Flavors:
+ - 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support)
+ - Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core
+ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com.cn/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf
+ - 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini
+ - Design name: BG2CD
+ - Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
+ - 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus
+ - Design name: BG2CDP
+ - Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7
+ - 88DE3100, Armada 1500
+ - Design name: BG2
+ - Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
+ - 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro
+ - Design name: BG2Q
+ - Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
+ - 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K
+ - Design name: BG3
+ - Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC
+ - 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra
+ - Core: ARM Cortex-A53
+
+ Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions
+ Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin
+
+ Comments:
+
+ * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs
+ with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...).
+
+ * The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017.
+
+CPU Cores
+---------
+
+The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older
+PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house,
+and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out
+over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently
+got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores.
+
+ XScale 1
+ CPUID 0x69052xxx
+ ARMv5, iWMMXt
+ XScale 2
+ CPUID 0x69054xxx
+ ARMv5, iWMMXt
+ XScale 3
+ CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx
+ ARMv5, iWMMXt
+ Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk"
+ CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x
+ ARMv5TE, single issue
+ Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon"
+ CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x
+ ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
+ Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon"
+ CPUID 0x5615571x
+ ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
+ Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D"
+ CPUID 0x5625131x
+ ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order
+ Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk"
+ CPUID 0x561584xx
+ ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2
+ Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon"
+ CPUID 0x560f581x
+ ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
+ Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x
+ CPUID 0x561f581x
+ ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
+ Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C
+ CPUID 0x562f584x
+ ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON
+
+Long-term plans
+---------------
+
+ * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the
+ mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering
+ Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/
+ would therefore disappear.
+
+ * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa
+ directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear.
+
+Credits
+-------
+
+- Maen Suleiman <maen@marvell.com>
+- Lior Amsalem <alior@marvell.com>
+- Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
+- Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
+- Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
+- Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
+++ /dev/null
-Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in
-kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally
-configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a
-bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for
-doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However
-this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based
-ones.
-
-Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform
-unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you
-are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The
-alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at
-a high performance cost. It better be rare.
-
-Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment
-trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad
-code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later
-mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the
-floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code
-instead!
-
-Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is
-real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user
-space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly.
-
-To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into
-/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits:
-
-bit behavior when set
---- -----------------
-
-0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access
- will cause the kernel to print a message indicating
- process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the
- fault code.
-
-1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process
- performing the unaligned access. This is of course
- slow (think about the floating point emulator) and
- not recommended for production use.
-
-2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process
- performing the unaligned access.
-
-Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5.
-(6 and 7 don't make sense).
-
-For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without
-fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals:
-
- echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment
-
-You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical
-information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of
-operation for user space code.
-
-
-Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001.
--- /dev/null
+================
+Memory alignment
+================
+
+Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in
+kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally
+configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a
+bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for
+doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However
+this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based
+ones.
+
+Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform
+unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you
+are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The
+alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at
+a high performance cost. It better be rare.
+
+Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment
+trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad
+code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later
+mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the
+floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code
+instead!
+
+Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is
+real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user
+space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly.
+
+To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into
+/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits:
+
+=== ========================================================
+bit behavior when set
+=== ========================================================
+0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access
+ will cause the kernel to print a message indicating
+ process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the
+ fault code.
+
+1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process
+ performing the unaligned access. This is of course
+ slow (think about the floating point emulator) and
+ not recommended for production use.
+
+2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process
+ performing the unaligned access.
+=== ========================================================
+
+Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5.
+(6 and 7 don't make sense).
+
+For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without
+fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals::
+
+ echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment
+
+You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical
+information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of
+operation for user space code.
+
+
+Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001.
--- /dev/null
+=================================
+Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux
+=================================
+
+ Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
+
+ November 17, 2005 (2.6.15)
+
+This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux
+kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are
+free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code.
+
+The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory
+space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the
+kernel, and hardware devices.
+
+As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve
+certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore
+this document may reserve more VM space over time.
+
+=============== =============== ===============================================
+Start End Use
+=============== =============== ===============================================
+ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use.
+ For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to
+ setup a minicache mapping.
+
+ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs.
+
+ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved.
+ Platforms must not use this address range.
+
+ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page.
+ The CPU vectors are mapped here if the
+ CPU supports vector relocation (control
+ register V bit.)
+
+fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used
+ in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
+ cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
+
+fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with
+ DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
+
+fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with
+ ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
+
+ffc00000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided
+ by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
+
+fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
+ mapping within the vmalloc space.
+
+VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space.
+ Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will
+ be dynamically placed in this region.
+ Machine specific static mappings are also
+ located here through iotable_init().
+ VMALLOC_START is based upon the value
+ of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END
+ is equal to 0xff800000.
+
+PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region.
+ This maps the platforms RAM, and typically
+ maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship.
+
+PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings
+ One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel
+ space.
+
+MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space
+ Kernel modules inserted via insmod are
+ placed here using dynamic mappings.
+
+00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings
+ Per-thread mappings are placed here via
+ the mmap() system call.
+
+00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap
+ CPUs which do not support vector remapping
+ place their vector page here. NULL pointer
+ dereferences by both the kernel and user
+ space are also caught via this mapping.
+=============== =============== ===============================================
+
+Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result
+in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic
+at run time.
+
+Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs
+must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000
+to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they
+must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap().
+++ /dev/null
- Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux
-
- Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
- November 17, 2005 (2.6.15)
-
-This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux
-kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are
-free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code.
-
-The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory
-space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the
-kernel, and hardware devices.
-
-As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve
-certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore
-this document may reserve more VM space over time.
-
-Start End Use
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use.
- For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to
- setup a minicache mapping.
-
-ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs.
-
-ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved.
- Platforms must not use this address range.
-
-ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page.
- The CPU vectors are mapped here if the
- CPU supports vector relocation (control
- register V bit.)
-
-fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used
- in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
- cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
-
-fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with
- DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
-
-fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with
- ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
-
-ffc00000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided
- by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
-
-fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
- mapping within the vmalloc space.
-
-VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space.
- Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will
- be dynamically placed in this region.
- Machine specific static mappings are also
- located here through iotable_init().
- VMALLOC_START is based upon the value
- of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END
- is equal to 0xff800000.
-
-PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region.
- This maps the platforms RAM, and typically
- maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship.
-
-PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings
- One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel
- space.
-
-MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space
- Kernel modules inserted via insmod are
- placed here using dynamic mappings.
-
-00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings
- Per-thread mappings are placed here via
- the mmap() system call.
-
-00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap
- CPUs which do not support vector remapping
- place their vector page here. NULL pointer
- dereferences by both the kernel and user
- space are also caught via this mapping.
-
-Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result
-in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic
-at run time.
-
-Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs
-must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000
-to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they
-must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap().
--- /dev/null
+=============================
+ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91)
+=============================
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are
+currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
+
+It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU
+product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel
+development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from
+the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
+git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
+
+
+AT91 SoCs
+---------
+Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
+the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com.
+
+ Flavors:
+ * ARM 920 based SoC
+ - at91rm9200
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ * ARM 926 based SoCs
+ - at91sam9260
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9xe
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9261
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9263
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9rl
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9g20
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9g45 family
+ - at91sam9g45
+ - at91sam9g46
+ - at91sam9m10
+ - at91sam9m11 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
+ - at91sam9g15
+ - at91sam9g25
+ - at91sam9g35
+ - at91sam9x25
+ - at91sam9x35
+
+ * Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9n12
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
+ - sama5d3 family
+
+ - sama5d31
+ - sama5d33
+ - sama5d34
+ - sama5d35
+ - sama5d36 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
+ - sama5d4 family
+
+ - sama5d41
+ - sama5d42
+ - sama5d43
+ - sama5d44 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf
+
+ - sama5d2 family
+
+ - sama5d21
+ - sama5d22
+ - sama5d23
+ - sama5d24
+ - sama5d26
+ - sama5d27 (device superset)
+ - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf
+
+ * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
+ - sams70 family
+
+ - sams70j19
+ - sams70j20
+ - sams70j21
+ - sams70n19
+ - sams70n20
+ - sams70n21
+ - sams70q19
+ - sams70q20
+ - sams70q21
+
+ - samv70 family
+
+ - samv70j19
+ - samv70j20
+ - samv70n19
+ - samv70n20
+ - samv70q19
+ - samv70q20
+
+ - samv71 family
+
+ - samv71j19
+ - samv71j20
+ - samv71j21
+ - samv71n19
+ - samv71n20
+ - samv71n21
+ - samv71q19
+ - samv71q20
+ - samv71q21
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001527A.pdf
+
+
+Linux kernel information
+------------------------
+Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
+MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support"
+
+
+Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
+------------------------------------
+All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
+must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
+
+Work In Progress statement:
+Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
+considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
+any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
+the same source tree.
+Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a
+definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
+This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
+
+Naming conventions and best practice:
+
+- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
+ the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
+- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
+ shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
+ When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
+ be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
+ or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
+- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
+ that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
+ to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
--- /dev/null
+================================
+NetWinder specific documentation
+================================
+
+The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed
+to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor,
+DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it.
+
+Port usage
+==========
+
+======= ====== ===============================
+Min Max Description
+======= ====== ===============================
+0x0000 0x000f DMA1
+0x0020 0x0021 PIC1
+0x0060 0x006f Keyboard
+0x0070 0x007f RTC
+0x0080 0x0087 DMA1
+0x0088 0x008f DMA2
+0x00a0 0x00a3 PIC2
+0x00c0 0x00df DMA2
+0x0180 0x0187 IRDA
+0x01f0 0x01f6 ide0
+0x0201 Game port
+0x0203 RWA010 configuration read
+0x0220 ? SoundBlaster
+0x0250 ? WaveArtist
+0x0279 RWA010 configuration index
+0x02f8 0x02ff Serial ttyS1
+0x0300 0x031f Ether10
+0x0338 GPIO1
+0x033a GPIO2
+0x0370 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers
+0x0388 ? AdLib
+0x03c0 0x03df VGA
+0x03f6 ide0
+0x03f8 0x03ff Serial ttyS0
+0x0400 0x0408 DC21143
+0x0480 0x0487 DMA1
+0x0488 0x048f DMA2
+0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write
+0xe800 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA
+======= ====== ===============================
+
+
+Interrupt usage
+===============
+
+======= ======= ========================
+IRQ type Description
+======= ======= ========================
+ 0 ISA 100Hz timer
+ 1 ISA Keyboard
+ 2 ISA cascade
+ 3 ISA Serial ttyS1
+ 4 ISA Serial ttyS0
+ 5 ISA PS/2 mouse
+ 6 ISA IRDA
+ 7 ISA Printer
+ 8 ISA RTC alarm
+ 9 ISA
+10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button)
+11 ISA
+12 ISA WaveArtist
+13 ISA
+14 ISA hda1
+15 ISA
+======= ======= ========================
+
+DMA usage
+=========
+
+======= ======= ===========
+DMA type Description
+======= ======= ===========
+ 0 ISA IRDA
+ 1 ISA
+ 2 ISA cascade
+ 3 ISA WaveArtist
+ 4 ISA
+ 5 ISA
+ 6 ISA
+ 7 ISA WaveArtist
+======= ======= ===========
+++ /dev/null
-There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't
-been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator
-supplied by Russell King.
-
-I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but
-will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point
-registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite
-often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a
-function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning.
-
-I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4
-then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in
-f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator.
-
-This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be
-converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used,
-then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The
-result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the
-emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to
-extended, then does the multiply in extended precision.
-
-This code will cause this problem:
-
-double x, y, z;
-z = log(x)/log(y);
-
-The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then
-moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done
-in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y).
+++ /dev/null
-This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder
-Floating Point Emulator.
-
-The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is
-written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler
-where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a
-working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler
-emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as
-possible, but there remains much room for improvement.
-
-I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of
-the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf
-kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I
-have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be
-important.
-
-Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to
-contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*).
-All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow
-others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily.
-
-The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by
-John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point
-that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point
-Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision,
-double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision.
-All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for
-conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision,
-double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of
-SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier
-port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32.
-
-The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented
-so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what
-remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator.
-
-Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at
-<scottb@netwinder.org>. General reports of "this program doesn't
-work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for
-determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when
-attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't
-expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating
-which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific
-problem are a godsend.
-
-Legal Notices
--------------
-
-The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com
-has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying
-conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's
-legal notice for SoftFloat is included below.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-SoftFloat Legal Notice
-
-SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in
-part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600,
-1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially
-provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The
-original version of this code was written as part of a project to build
-a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of
-California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort
-has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT
-TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO
-PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY
-AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+++ /dev/null
-The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point
-emulator.
-
-In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point
-instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual.
-
-<S|D|E> = <single|double|extended>, no default
-{P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero},
- default = round to nearest
-
-Note: items enclosed in {} are optional.
-
-Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT)
-------------------------------------------------------------
-
-LDF/STF - load and store floating
-
-<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, Rn
-<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
-<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn], #<expression>
-
-These instructions are fully implemented.
-
-LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating
-
-Form 1 syntax:
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn]
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn], #<expression>
-
-Form 2 syntax:
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<FD,EA> Fd, <count>, [Rn]{!}
-
-These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words
-for each floating point register into the memory location given in the
-instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with
-other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific
-mention of this is made in the ARM manuals.
-
-Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions
-
-FLT{cond}<S,D,E>{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point
-FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer
-WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register
-RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register
-WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register
-RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register
-
-FLT/FIX are fully implemented.
-
-RFS/WFS are fully implemented.
-
-RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and
-presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called
-from supervisor mode.
-
-Compare instructions
-
-CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating
-CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception
-CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating
-CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT)
----------------------------------------------------
-
-Dyadic operations:
-
-ADF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - add
-SUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - subtract
-RSF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse subtract
-MUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - multiply
-DVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - divide
-RDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse divide
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-FML{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast multiply
-FDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast divide
-FRD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast reverse divide
-
-These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the
-non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is
-equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according
-to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single
-operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or
-extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check
-the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation.
-
-RMF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - IEEE remainder
-
-This is fully implemented.
-
-Monadic operations:
-
-MVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move
-MNF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move negated
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-ABS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - absolute value
-SQT{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - square root
-RND{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - round
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-URD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - unnormalized round
-NRM{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - normalize
-
-These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND
-instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes
-a NOP.
-
-Library calls:
-
-POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
-RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
-POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
-
-LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
-LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
-EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
-SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
-COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
-TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
-ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
-ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
-ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
-
-These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
-and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
-hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
-be implemented in future versions.
-
-Signalling:
-
-Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com
-have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This
-is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable
-current_set[0] correctly.
-
-The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains
-a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the
-emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module
-loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the
-technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends
-on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module.
-
-A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this
-distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator
-built into the kernel.
+++ /dev/null
-TODO LIST
----------
-
-POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
-RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
-POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
-
-LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
-LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
-EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
-SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
-COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
-TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
-ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
-ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
-ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
-
-These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
-and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
-hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
-be implemented in future versions.
-
-There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One
-method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have
-a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that
-seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed.
-These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions.
-
-Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for
-Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing
-transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few
-multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds,
-so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to
-determine if it is feasible.
-
-Rounding Methods
-
-The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the
-default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed.
-Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits
-in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change
-the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction.
-
-This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to
-introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains
-bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to
-examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in
-the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR.
-
-This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits
-in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are
-supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I
-would like to hear them.
-
-[NOTE: pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically
- for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it:
-
- The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some
- implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation-
- specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user
- mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is
- reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC
- instructions will trap if tried in user mode.
-
- Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high
- risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out
- -- Russell].
--- /dev/null
+===================================
+NetWinder's floating point emulator
+===================================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ nwfpe
+ netwinder-fpe
+ notes
+ todo
--- /dev/null
+=============
+Current State
+=============
+
+The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point
+emulator.
+
+In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point
+instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual.
+
+::
+
+ <S|D|E> = <single|double|extended>, no default
+ {P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero},
+ default = round to nearest
+
+Note: items enclosed in {} are optional.
+
+Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT)
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+LDF/STF - load and store floating
+
+<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, Rn
+<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
+<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn], #<expression>
+
+These instructions are fully implemented.
+
+LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating
+
+Form 1 syntax:
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn]
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn], #<expression>
+
+Form 2 syntax:
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<FD,EA> Fd, <count>, [Rn]{!}
+
+These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words
+for each floating point register into the memory location given in the
+instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with
+other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific
+mention of this is made in the ARM manuals.
+
+Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT)
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions
+
+FLT{cond}<S,D,E>{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point
+FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer
+WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register
+RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register
+WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register
+RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register
+
+FLT/FIX are fully implemented.
+
+RFS/WFS are fully implemented.
+
+RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and
+presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called
+from supervisor mode.
+
+Compare instructions
+
+CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating
+CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception
+CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating
+CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT)
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+Dyadic operations:
+
+ADF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - add
+SUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - subtract
+RSF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse subtract
+MUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - multiply
+DVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - divide
+RDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse divide
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+FML{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast multiply
+FDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast divide
+FRD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast reverse divide
+
+These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the
+non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is
+equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according
+to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single
+operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or
+extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check
+the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation.
+
+RMF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - IEEE remainder
+
+This is fully implemented.
+
+Monadic operations:
+
+MVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move
+MNF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move negated
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+ABS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - absolute value
+SQT{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - square root
+RND{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - round
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+URD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - unnormalized round
+NRM{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - normalize
+
+These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND
+instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes
+a NOP.
+
+Library calls:
+
+POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
+RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
+POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
+
+LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
+LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
+EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
+SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
+COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
+TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
+ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
+ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
+ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
+
+These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
+and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
+hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
+be implemented in future versions.
+
+Signalling:
+
+Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com
+have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This
+is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable
+current_set[0] correctly.
+
+The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains
+a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the
+emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module
+loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the
+technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends
+on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module.
+
+A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this
+distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator
+built into the kernel.
--- /dev/null
+Notes
+=====
+
+There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't
+been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator
+supplied by Russell King.
+
+I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but
+will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point
+registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite
+often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a
+function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning.
+
+I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4
+then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in
+f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator.
+
+This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be
+converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used,
+then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The
+result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the
+emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to
+extended, then does the multiply in extended precision.
+
+This code will cause this problem:
+
+double x, y, z;
+z = log(x)/log(y);
+
+The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then
+moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done
+in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y).
--- /dev/null
+Introduction
+============
+
+This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder
+Floating Point Emulator.
+
+The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is
+written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler
+where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a
+working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler
+emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as
+possible, but there remains much room for improvement.
+
+I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of
+the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf
+kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I
+have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be
+important.
+
+Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to
+contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*).
+All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow
+others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily.
+
+The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by
+John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point
+that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point
+Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision,
+double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision.
+All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for
+conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision,
+double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of
+SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier
+port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32.
+
+The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented
+so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what
+remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator.
+
+Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at
+<scottb@netwinder.org>. General reports of "this program doesn't
+work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for
+determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when
+attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't
+expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating
+which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific
+problem are a godsend.
+
+Legal Notices
+-------------
+
+The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com
+has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying
+conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's
+legal notice for SoftFloat is included below.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SoftFloat Legal Notice
+
+SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in
+part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600,
+1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially
+provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The
+original version of this code was written as part of a project to build
+a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of
+California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort
+has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT
+TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO
+PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY
+AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE.
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+TODO LIST
+=========
+
+::
+
+ POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
+ RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
+ POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
+
+ LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
+ LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
+ EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
+ SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
+ COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
+ TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
+ ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
+ ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
+ ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
+
+These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
+and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
+hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
+be implemented in future versions.
+
+There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One
+method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have
+a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that
+seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed.
+These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions.
+
+Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for
+Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing
+transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few
+multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds,
+so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to
+determine if it is feasible.
+
+Rounding Methods
+----------------
+
+The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the
+default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed.
+Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits
+in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change
+the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction.
+
+This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to
+introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains
+bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to
+examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in
+the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR.
+
+This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits
+in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are
+supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I
+would like to hear them.
+
+NOTE:
+ pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically
+ for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it:
+
+ The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some
+ implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation-
+ specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user
+ mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is
+ reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC
+ instructions will trap if tried in user mode.
+
+ Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high
+ risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out
+
+ -- Russell.
--- /dev/null
+=========================
+OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem
+=========================
+
+This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap
+(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI,
+TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements
+also.
+
+The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB,
+panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live
+currently side by side, you can choose which one to use.
+
+Features
+--------
+
+Working and tested features include:
+
+- MIPI DPI (parallel) output
+- MIPI DSI output in command mode
+- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output
+- SDI output
+- TV output
+- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel
+- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs
+- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output
+- OMAP DISPC planes
+- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked
+- YUV2, UYVY
+- Scaling
+- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock
+- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK
+
+Tested boards include:
+- OMAP3 SDP board
+- Beagle board
+- N810
+
+omapdss driver
+--------------
+
+The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or
+such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level
+drivers can use.
+
+The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a
+flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to
+modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay
+managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA.
+
+omapdss driver support for audio
+--------------------------------
+There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
+well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
+interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
+the functionality.
+
+The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
+IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
+some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
+audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
+intended to be called after audio_stop.
+
+While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
+certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
+VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
+the current configuration of the display supports audio.
+
+The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
+parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
+specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
+is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
+moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word
+and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support
+HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958.
+
+The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
+implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
+while holding a spinlock or a readlock.
+
+The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
+playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
+to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
+called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
+DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
+audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
+for playback are released using audio_disable.
+
+The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of
+the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
+then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
+play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
+rendered.
+
+
+Panel and controller drivers
+----------------------------
+
+The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not
+usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register
+themselves to the DSS driver.
+
+omapfb driver
+-------------
+
+The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers.
+These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very
+dynamic display architecture.
+
+The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the
+ioctls in the old driver.
+
+The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final
+implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open.
+
+V4L2 drivers
+------------
+
+V4L2 is being implemented in TI.
+
+From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer
+driver.
+
+Architecture
+--------------------
+
+Some clarification what the different components do:
+
+ - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the
+ pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color
+ depth.
+ - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the
+ screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only
+ part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if
+ the overlay is smaller than the display.
+ - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to
+ display.
+ - Display is the actual physical display device.
+
+A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data
+on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be
+the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any
+framebuffer can be connected to any overlay.
+
+An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be
+connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only
+connected to virtual overlays.
+
+An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain
+restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected:
+
+ - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display.
+ - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays.
+ - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV
+ display.
+
+Sysfs
+-----
+The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs
+interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know
+what would be the best interfaces for these things.
+
+The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB.
+
+/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory:
+mirror 0=off, 1=on
+rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
+rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation
+overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go
+phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer
+virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer
+size Size of the framebuffer
+
+/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory:
+enabled 0=off, 1=on
+input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size)
+manager Destination overlay manager name
+name
+output_size width,height
+position x,y
+screen_width width
+global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque
+
+/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory:
+display Destination display
+name
+alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on
+trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on
+trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source
+trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24)
+default_color default background color (RGB24)
+
+/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory:
+
+=============== =============================================================
+ctrl_name Controller name
+mirror 0=off, 1=on
+update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual
+enabled 0=off, 1=on
+name
+rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
+timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw)
+ When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out:
+ "pal" and "ntsc"
+panel_name
+tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on
+output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo"
+=============== =============================================================
+
+There are also some debugfs files at <debugfs>/omapdss/ which show information
+about clocks and registers.
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+The following definitions have been made for the examples below::
+
+ ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0
+ ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1
+ ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2
+
+ mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0
+ mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1
+
+ lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0
+ dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1
+ tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2
+
+ fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0
+ fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1
+ fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2
+
+Default setup on OMAP3 SDP
+--------------------------
+
+Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI
+and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are:
+framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are
+handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS::
+
+ FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI
+ FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD
+ FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
+
+Example: Switch from LCD to DVI
+-------------------------------
+
+::
+
+ w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+ h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+
+ echo "0" > $lcd/enabled
+ echo "" > $mgr0/display
+ fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h
+ # at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board
+ echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display
+ echo "1" > $dvi/enabled
+
+After this the configuration looks like:::
+
+ FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI
+ FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD
+ FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
+
+Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV
+----------------------------------------
+
+::
+
+ w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+ h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+
+ echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled
+ echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled
+
+ echo "" > $fb1/overlays
+ echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays
+
+ echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size
+ echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager
+
+ echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled
+ echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled
+
+ echo "1" > $tv/enabled
+
+After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown)::
+
+ FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD
+ \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV
+
+Misc notes
+----------
+
+OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You
+can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma
+allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase
+the global memory area for CMA.
+
+Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
+of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
+
+Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB
+does not support mirroring.
+
+VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you
+probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also,
+many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all
+framebuffer parameters.
+
+Kernel boot arguments
+---------------------
+
+omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
+ - Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
+ "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c.
+ There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that
+ can be used to tv out.
+
+omapfb.vram=<fbnum>:<size>[@<physaddr>][,...]
+ - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram
+ depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate
+ more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example,
+ "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1.
+
+omapfb.debug=<y|n>
+ - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled
+ in kernel config.
+
+omapfb.test=<y|n>
+ - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change.
+ You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config.
+
+omapfb.vrfb=<y|n>
+ - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers.
+
+omapfb.rotate=<angle>
+ - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers.
+ 0 - 0 degree rotation
+ 1 - 90 degree rotation
+ 2 - 180 degree rotation
+ 3 - 270 degree rotation
+
+omapfb.mirror=<y|n>
+ - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation.
+
+omapdss.def_disp=<display>
+ - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected.
+ Common examples are "lcd" or "tv".
+
+omapdss.debug=<y|n>
+ - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in
+ kernel config.
+
+TODO
+----
+
+DSS locking
+
+Error checking
+
+- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG()
+
+System DMA update for DSI
+
+- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how
+ to skip the empty byte?)
+
+OMAP1 support
+
+- Not sure if needed
--- /dev/null
+=======
+TI OMAP
+=======
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ omap
+ omap_pm
+ dss
--- /dev/null
+============
+OMAP history
+============
+
+This file contains documentation for running mainline
+kernel on omaps.
+
+====== ======================================================
+KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES
+====== ======================================================
+v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
+ CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work
+ properly.
+
+v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
+ CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances
+ to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards.
+====== ======================================================
--- /dev/null
+=====================
+The OMAP PM interface
+=====================
+
+This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver
+authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or
+throughput constraints to the kernel power management code.
+Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM
+interface into the Linux PM QoS code.
+
+Drivers need to express PM parameters which:
+
+- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF;
+
+- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter
+ implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux
+ latency framework or something else;
+
+- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as
+ latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP
+ or to particular OMAP variants;
+
+- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g.,
+ DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP
+ systems,
+
+- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other
+ architectures.
+
+
+This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following
+five power management functions for driver code:
+
+1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency::
+
+ (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
+
+2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency::
+
+ (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
+
+3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm)::
+
+ (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t)
+
+4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device::
+
+ (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r)
+
+5. Return the number of times the device has lost context::
+
+ (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev)
+
+
+Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be
+found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h.
+
+
+The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary
+---------------------------------------------
+
+The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support
+the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this
+happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified
+to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear.
+
+
+Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions
+-------------------------------------
+
+As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are
+exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data
+structures. The function pointers are initialized by the `board-*.c`
+files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions:
+
+- set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to
+ omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do
+ not support these functions should leave these function pointers set
+ to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom::
+
+ if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
+ (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t);
+
+The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify
+the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device
+becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the
+set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup
+latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the
+device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For
+example::
+
+ /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */
+ if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)
+ (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc);
+
+ /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */
+ if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
+ (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td);
+
+ /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */
+
+The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again
+with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the
+function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of
+set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0).
+
+The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(),
+is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the
+device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the
+driver must restore its internal context before proceeding.
+
+
+Other specialized interface functions
+-------------------------------------
+
+The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any
+device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements.
+DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs.
+CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU
+frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these
+specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU
+frequency) into the form that the underlying power management
+implementation needs:
+
+6. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void)`
+
+7. `(*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id)`
+
+8. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void)`
+
+9. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void)`
+
+10. `(*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f)`
+
+11. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void)`
+
+Customizing OPP for platform
+============================
+Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon
+and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically.
+However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be
+tweaked, for e.g.:
+
+ * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which
+ could be enabled on a platform
+ * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform
+ * Define and add a custom opp table entry
+ in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows:
+
+arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c::
+
+ #include "pm.h"
+ ....
+ static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void)
+ {
+ ....
+ /* Initialize the default table */
+ omapx_opp_init();
+ /* Do customization to the defaults */
+ ....
+ }
+
+NOTE:
+ omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required
+ based on the omap family.
--- /dev/null
+=======
+Porting
+=======
+
+Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html
+
+Initial definitions
+-------------------
+
+The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that
+__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed
+virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply:
+
+ phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET
+
+
+Decompressor Symbols
+--------------------
+
+ZTEXTADDR
+ Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about
+ virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at
+ the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call
+ the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have
+ to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or
+ read-write addressable medium.
+
+ZBSSADDR
+ Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor.
+ This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise
+ this for you. Again, the MMU will be off.
+
+ZRELADDR
+ This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written,
+ and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid:
+
+ __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR
+
+ The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position
+ independent.
+
+INITRD_PHYS
+ Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if
+ you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old
+ struct param_struct).
+
+INITRD_VIRT
+ Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint
+ must be valid:
+
+ __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS
+
+PARAMS_PHYS
+ Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the
+ kernel various parameters about its execution environment.
+
+
+Kernel Symbols
+--------------
+
+PHYS_OFFSET
+ Physical start address of the first bank of RAM.
+
+PAGE_OFFSET
+ Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel
+ boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical
+ address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply.
+ This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE.
+
+TASK_SIZE
+ The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space
+ always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user
+ process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this
+ address.
+
+ Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process
+ area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process
+ basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment.
+
+ Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call
+ this the kernel segment.
+
+ (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and
+ hence PAGE_OFFSET).
+
+TEXTADDR
+ Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000.
+ This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels,
+ it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous
+ kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here.
+
+DATAADDR
+ Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined
+ when using the decompressor.
+
+VMALLOC_START / VMALLOC_END
+ Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be
+ any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them.
+ The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above).
+ Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the
+ last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory).
+
+VMALLOC_OFFSET
+ Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole
+ between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow
+ out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end
+ of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB.
+
+Architecture Specific Macros
+----------------------------
+
+BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio)
+ `pram` specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always
+ be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET.
+
+ `pio` is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for
+ use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S.
+
+ `vio` is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region.
+
+ It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised
+ by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the
+ MAPIO function).
+
+BOOT_PARAMS
+ Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS.
+
+FIXUP(func)
+ Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been
+ initialised.
+
+MAPIO(func)
+ Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug
+ region above).
+
+INITIRQ(func)
+ Machine specific function to initialise interrupts.
--- /dev/null
+==============================================
+MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors
+==============================================
+
+ Eric Miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
+
+MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and
+later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API,
+and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it.
+
+Basic Concept
+=============
+
+Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP
+mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions
+out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP
+also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event
+detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between
+the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals::
+
+ +--------+
+ | |--(GPIO19)--+
+ | GPIO | |
+ | |--(GPIO...) |
+ +--------+ |
+ | +---------+
+ +--------+ +------>| |
+ | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP |
+ +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD
+ | +---->| |
+ +--------+ | | +-->| |
+ | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+
+ +--------+ | |
+ | |
+ +--------+ | |
+ | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ |
+ +--------+ |
+ |
+ +--------+ |
+ | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+
+ +--------+
+
+NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily
+mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin
+can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller.
+
+To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function
+to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points:
+
+ 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other
+ internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals
+ which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0>
+ can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2,
+ see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h)
+
+ 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller,
+ the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e.
+
+ - GPIO signal level control
+ - GPIO direction control
+ - GPIO level change detection
+
+ 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the
+ PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx
+
+ 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the
+ wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER
+ (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP
+
+NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO<xx> we normally
+mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP<xxx> or pin xxx, we mean a physical
+pad (or ball).
+
+MFP API Usage
+=============
+
+For board code writers, here are some guidelines:
+
+1. include ONE of the following header files in your <board>.c:
+
+ - #include "mfp-pxa25x.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa27x.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa300.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa320.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa930.h"
+
+ NOTE: only one file in your <board>.c, depending on the processors used,
+ because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e.
+ same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g.
+ for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two
+ separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c
+ (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle
+ the other differences between the two combinations).
+
+ NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with
+ PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually
+ covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h.
+
+2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.::
+
+ static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = {
+ /* Chip Select */
+ GPIO15_nCS_1,
+
+ /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */
+ GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP,
+ GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */
+
+ /* MMC */
+ GPIO32_MMC_CLK,
+ GPIO112_MMC_CMD,
+ GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0,
+ GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1,
+ GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2,
+ GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3,
+
+ ...
+
+ /* GPIO */
+ GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH,
+ };
+
+ a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(),
+ and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard,
+ adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here.
+
+ b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component,
+ some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on
+ PXA25x and PXA27x processors
+
+ c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system
+ from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of:
+
+ WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH
+ WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE
+ WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL
+ WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs,
+
+ to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system,
+ and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the
+ pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is
+ invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq())
+ and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting.
+
+ d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the
+ internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits
+ in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the
+ corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with
+ the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup.
+
+
+MFP on PXA3xx
+=============
+
+Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has
+one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR).
+
+The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320)::
+
+ 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+ +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
+ | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL |
+ +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
+
+ Bit 3: RESERVED
+ Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin
+ Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin
+ Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin
+ Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes
+ Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes
+ Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals
+ Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin
+ Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin
+ Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function
+ (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1)
+
+ Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7
+ Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate
+ 0b000 - fast 1mA
+ 0b001 - fast 2mA
+ 0b002 - fast 3mA
+ 0b003 - fast 4mA
+ 0b004 - slow 6mA
+ 0b005 - fast 6mA
+ 0b006 - slow 10mA
+ 0b007 - fast 10mA
+
+MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx
+============================
+
+Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified
+MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors.
+
+The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin
+configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and
+the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and
+make them effective there-after.
+
+Files Involved
+--------------
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h
+
+ for
+ 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins
+ 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h
+
+ for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin
+ configurations
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h
+
+ for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h
+
+ for processor specific definitions
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c
+
+ for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual
+ processor.
+
+Pin Configuration
+-----------------
+
+ The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code
+ for most updated info)::
+
+ /*
+ * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer
+ *
+ * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum)
+ * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection
+ * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength
+ * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State
+ * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection
+ * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State
+ *
+ * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided
+ *
+ * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with
+ * alternate function = 0,
+ * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X)
+ * low power mode = default
+ * edge detection = none
+ *
+ * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function
+ * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and
+ * pin drive strength
+ * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and
+ * low power mode
+ * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function,
+ * pin drive strength and low power mode
+ */
+
+ Examples of pin configurations are::
+
+ #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT)
+
+ which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function
+ selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power
+ modes.
+
+ NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD
+ which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to
+ do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded,
+ and is supposed to work in most cases.
+
+Register Settings
+-----------------
+
+ Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very
+ straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value
+ in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time
+ ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings.
+
+ The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register
+ settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved,
+ including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see
+ mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made.
+++ /dev/null
- MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors
-
- Eric Miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
-
-MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and
-later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API,
-and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it.
-
- Basic Concept
-===============
-
-Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP
-mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions
-out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP
-also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event
-detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between
-the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals:
-
- +--------+
- | |--(GPIO19)--+
- | GPIO | |
- | |--(GPIO...) |
- +--------+ |
- | +---------+
- +--------+ +------>| |
- | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP |
- +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD
- | +---->| |
- +--------+ | | +-->| |
- | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+
- +--------+ | |
- | |
- +--------+ | |
- | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ |
- +--------+ |
- |
- +--------+ |
- | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+
- +--------+
-
-NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily
-mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin
-can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller.
-
-To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function
-to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points:
-
- 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other
- internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals
- which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0>
- can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2,
- see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h)
-
- 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller,
- the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e.
-
- - GPIO signal level control
- - GPIO direction control
- - GPIO level change detection
-
- 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the
- PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx
-
- 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the
- wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER
- (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP
-
-NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO<xx> we normally
-mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP<xxx> or pin xxx, we mean a physical
-pad (or ball).
-
- MFP API Usage
-===============
-
-For board code writers, here are some guidelines:
-
-1. include ONE of the following header files in your <board>.c:
-
- - #include "mfp-pxa25x.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa27x.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa300.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa320.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa930.h"
-
- NOTE: only one file in your <board>.c, depending on the processors used,
- because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e.
- same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g.
- for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two
- separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c
- (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle
- the other differences between the two combinations).
-
- NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with
- PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually
- covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h.
-
-2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.:
-
- static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = {
- /* Chip Select */
- GPIO15_nCS_1,
-
- /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */
- GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP,
- GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */
-
- /* MMC */
- GPIO32_MMC_CLK,
- GPIO112_MMC_CMD,
- GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0,
- GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1,
- GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2,
- GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3,
-
- ...
-
- /* GPIO */
- GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH,
- };
-
- a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(),
- and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard,
- adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here.
-
- b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component,
- some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on
- PXA25x and PXA27x processors
-
- c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system
- from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of:
-
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL
- WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs,
-
- to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system,
- and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the
- pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is
- invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq())
- and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting.
-
- d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the
- internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits
- in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the
- corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with
- the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup.
-
-
- MFP on PXA3xx
-===============
-
-Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has
-one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR).
-
-The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320):
-
- 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
- +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
- | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL |
- +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
-
- Bit 3: RESERVED
- Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin
- Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin
- Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin
- Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes
- Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes
- Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals
- Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin
- Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin
- Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function
- (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1)
-
- Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7
- Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate
- 0b000 - fast 1mA
- 0b001 - fast 2mA
- 0b002 - fast 3mA
- 0b003 - fast 4mA
- 0b004 - slow 6mA
- 0b005 - fast 6mA
- 0b006 - slow 10mA
- 0b007 - fast 10mA
-
- MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx
-==============================
-
-Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified
-MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors.
-
-The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin
-configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and
-the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and
-make them effective there-after.
-
- Files Involved
- --------------
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h
-
- for
- 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins
- 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h
-
- for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin
- configurations
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h
-
- for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h
-
- for processor specific definitions
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c
-
- for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual
- processor.
-
- Pin Configuration
- -----------------
-
- The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code
- for most updated info)
-
- /*
- * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer
- *
- * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum)
- * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection
- * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength
- * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State
- * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection
- * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State
- *
- * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided
- *
- * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with
- * alternate function = 0,
- * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X)
- * low power mode = default
- * edge detection = none
- *
- * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function
- * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and
- * pin drive strength
- * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and
- * low power mode
- * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function,
- * pin drive strength and low power mode
- */
-
- Examples of pin configurations are:
-
- #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT)
-
- which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function
- selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power
- modes.
-
- NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD
- which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to
- do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded,
- and is supposed to work in most cases.
-
- Register Settings
- -----------------
-
- Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very
- straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value
- in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time
- ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings.
-
- The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register
- settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved,
- including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see
- mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made.
--- /dev/null
+===============================
+ADS Bitsy Single Board Computer
+===============================
+
+(It is different from Bitsy(iPAQ) of Compaq)
+
+For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
+http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
+
+The Linux support for this product has been provided by
+Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
+
+Use 'make adsbitsy_config' before any 'make config'.
+This will set up defaults for ADS Bitsy support.
+
+The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000.
+
+Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
+newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
+
+Supported peripherals
+=====================
+
+- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
+- SA1111 USB Master
+- SA1100 serial port
+- pcmcia, compact flash
+- touchscreen(ucb1200)
+- console on LCD screen
+- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
+ - ttyS0 is default for serial console
+
+To do
+=====
+
+- everything else! :-)
+
+Notes
+=====
+
+- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions.
+ You should be careful to use flash on board.
+ Its partition is different from GraphicsClient Plus and GraphicsMaster
+
+- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
+ Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
+ if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
+ mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
+ fixed soon.
+
+Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!
--- /dev/null
+============================================
+The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
+============================================
+
+Please see:
+http://developer.intel.com
+
+Also some notes from John G Dorsey <jd5q@andrew.cmu.edu>:
+http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
+
+
+Building the kernel
+-------------------
+
+To build the kernel with current defaults::
+
+ make assabet_config
+ make oldconfig
+ make zImage
+
+The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage.
+
+
+Installing a bootloader
+-----------------------
+
+A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available:
+
+BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/)
+
+ BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed
+ patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet.
+
+Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support
+(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html)
+(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/)
+
+ Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC.
+ John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and
+ the JFFS filesystem.
+
+RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/)
+
+ RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS
+ hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other
+ hardware platforms.
+
+RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have
+networking support, and is the most actively maintained.
+
+Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first
+you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work
+precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location:
+
+- ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/
+- ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/
+- ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/
+
+Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in
+redboot-assabet*.txt.
+
+
+Initial RedBoot configuration
+-----------------------------
+
+The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
+on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
+Please refer to it for explanations.
+
+If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
+Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP
+file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect
+it dynamically.
+
+To initialize the flash directory::
+
+ fis init -f
+
+To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or
+a static IP address, etc, use this command::
+
+ fconfig -i
+
+
+Writing a kernel image into flash
+---------------------------------
+
+First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file
+available on a TFTP server::
+
+ load zImage -r -b 0x100000
+
+If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port::
+
+ load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000
+
+To write it to flash::
+
+ fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
+
+
+Booting the kernel
+------------------
+
+The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded
+as follows::
+
+ load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000
+
+Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name
+by '-y ymodem'.
+
+Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this::
+
+ fis load "Linux kernel"
+
+or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel::
+
+ exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
+
+The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better
+solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below.
+
+
+Using JFFS2
+-----------
+
+Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most
+convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in
+conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash
+management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at:
+http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about
+creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site.
+
+For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites
+mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image.
+
+To load this file::
+
+ load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
+
+The result should look like::
+
+ RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
+ Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424
+
+Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash::
+
+ fis free
+
+Result::
+
+ RedBoot> fis free
+ 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000
+
+The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and
+the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of
+substituting yours appropriately.
+
+We must determine some values::
+
+ size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000
+ size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424
+
+We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all
+the remaining flash space as well. To write it::
+
+ fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
+ fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
+ fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000
+ fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
+
+Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered
+what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command
+displays them::
+
+ RedBoot> fis list
+ Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point
+ RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000
+ RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
+ FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
+ Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000
+ JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000
+
+However Linux should display something like::
+
+ SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus
+ SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode
+ Using RedBoot partition definition
+ Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash":
+ 0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot"
+ 0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel"
+ 0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2"
+ 0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config"
+ 0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory"
+
+What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in,
+which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2.
+Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we
+need this RedBoot command::
+
+ fis load "Linux kernel"
+ exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2"
+
+Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example.
+You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also
+possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from
+within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has
+many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2
+can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be
+copied over directly. Etc...
+
+
+RedBoot scripting
+-----------------
+
+All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every
+time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot
+process using RedBoot's scripting capability.
+
+For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk
+images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network::
+
+ RedBoot> fconfig
+ Run script at boot: false true
+ Boot script:
+ Enter script, terminate with empty line
+ >> load zImage -r -b 0x100000
+ >> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000
+ >> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
+ >>
+ Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3
+ Use BOOTP for network configuration: true
+ GDB connection port: 9000
+ Network debug at boot time: false
+ Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y
+
+Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt.
+
+
+
+Nicolas Pitre
+nico@fluxnic.net
+
+June 12, 2001
+
+
+Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001)
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+Assabet:
+ Serial ports:
+ Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI
+ - PM: Not tested.
+ - COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM
+ - PM: Not tested.
+ - I2C: Implemented, not fully tested.
+ - L3: Fully tested, pass.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+ Video:
+ - LCD: Fully tested. PM
+
+ (LCD doesn't like being blanked with neponset connected)
+
+ - Video out: Not fully
+
+ Audio:
+ UDA1341:
+ - Playback: Fully tested, pass.
+ - Record: Implemented, not tested.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+ UCB1200:
+ - Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - POTS control: No
+ - Touchscreen: Yes
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+ Other:
+ - PCMCIA:
+ - LPE: Fully tested, pass.
+ - USB: No
+ - IRDA:
+ - SIR: Fully tested, pass.
+ - FIR: Fully tested, pass.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+Neponset:
+ Serial ports:
+ - COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR
+ - PM: Not tested.
+ - USB: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - CF: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree.
--- /dev/null
+======
+Brutus
+======
+
+Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel.
+For more details, see:
+
+http://developer.intel.com
+
+To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands::
+
+ make brutus_config
+ make config
+ [accept all the defaults]
+ make zImage
+
+The resulting kernel will end up in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. This file
+must be loaded at 0xc0008000 in Brutus's memory and execution started at
+0xc0008000 as well with the value of registers r0 = 0 and r1 = 16 upon
+entry.
+
+But prior to execute the kernel, a ramdisk image must also be loaded in
+memory. Use memory address 0xd8000000 for this. Note that the file
+containing the (compressed) ramdisk image must not exceed 4 MB.
+
+Typically, you'll need angelboot to load the kernel.
+The following angelboot.opt file should be used::
+
+ base 0xc0008000
+ entry 0xc0008000
+ r0 0x00000000
+ r1 0x00000010
+ device /dev/ttyS0
+ options "9600 8N1"
+ baud 115200
+ otherfile ramdisk_img.gz
+ otherbase 0xd8000000
+
+Then load the kernel and ramdisk with::
+
+ angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage
+
+The first Brutus serial port (assumed to be linked to /dev/ttyS0 on your
+host PC) is used by angel to load the kernel and ramdisk image. The serial
+console is provided through the second Brutus serial port. To access it,
+you may use minicom configured with /dev/ttyS1, 9600 baud, 8N1, no flow
+control.
+
+Currently supported
+===================
+
+ - RS232 serial ports
+ - audio output
+ - LCD screen
+ - keyboard
+
+The actual Brutus support may not be complete without extra patches.
+If such patches exist, they should be found from
+ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico.
+
+A full PCMCIA support is still missing, although it's possible to hack
+some drivers in order to drive already inserted cards at boot time with
+little modifications.
+
+Any contribution is welcome.
+
+Please send patches to nico@fluxnic.net
+
+Have Fun !
--- /dev/null
+==============
+CerfBoard/Cube
+==============
+
+*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued ***
+
+The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board
+that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet
+controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and
+one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the
+Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com.
+
+This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the
+Intrinsyc CerfBoard.
+
+Supported in this version
+=========================
+
+ - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options
+ that may be required)
+ - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in
+ Network Devices)
+ - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1)
+
+In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs
+both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your
+evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands
+will suffice::
+
+ make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig
+ make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage
+ make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules
+ cp arch/arm/boot/zImage <TFTP directory>
+
+support@intrinsyc.com
--- /dev/null
+========
+Freebird
+========
+
+Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc.
+`http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn`
+and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc.
+(http://www.coventive.com)
+
+Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree.
+
+Maintainer:
+
+Chester Kuo
+ - <chester@coventive.com>
+ - <chester@linux.org.tw>
+
+Author:
+
+- Tim wu <timwu@coventive.com>
+- CIH <cih@coventive.com>
+- Eric Peng <ericpeng@coventive.com>
+- Jeff Lee <jeff_lee@coventive.com>
+- Allen Cheng
+- Tony Liu <tonyliu@coventive.com>
--- /dev/null
+=============================================
+ADS GraphicsClient Plus Single Board Computer
+=============================================
+
+For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
+http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
+
+The original Linux support for this product has been provided by
+Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>. Continued development work by
+Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
+
+It's currently possible to mount a root filesystem via NFS providing a
+complete Linux environment. Otherwise a ramdisk image may be used. The
+board supports MTD/JFFS, so you could also mount something on there.
+
+Use 'make graphicsclient_config' before any 'make config'. This will set up
+defaults for GraphicsClient Plus support.
+
+The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0200000.
+Also the following registers should have the specified values upon entry::
+
+ r0 = 0
+ r1 = 29 (this is the GraphicsClient architecture number)
+
+Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
+newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
+Angel is not available for the GraphicsClient Plus AFAIK.
+
+There is a board known as just the GraphicsClient that ADS used to
+produce but has end of lifed. This code will not work on the older
+board with the ADS bootloader, but should still work with Angel,
+as outlined below. In any case, if you're planning on deploying
+something en masse, you should probably get the newer board.
+
+If using Angel on the older boards, here is a typical angel.opt option file
+if the kernel is loaded through the Angel Debug Monitor::
+
+ base 0xc0200000
+ entry 0xc0200000
+ r0 0x00000000
+ r1 0x0000001d
+ device /dev/ttyS1
+ options "38400 8N1"
+ baud 115200
+ #otherfile ramdisk.gz
+ #otherbase 0xc0800000
+ exec minicom
+
+Then the kernel (and ramdisk if otherfile/otherbase lines above are
+uncommented) would be loaded with::
+
+ angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage
+
+Here it is assumed that the board is connected to ttyS1 on your PC
+and that minicom is preconfigured with /dev/ttyS1, 38400 baud, 8N1, no flow
+control by default.
+
+If any other bootloader is used, ensure it accomplish the same, especially
+for r0/r1 register values before jumping into the kernel.
+
+
+Supported peripherals
+=====================
+
+- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
+- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC
+- SA1100 serial port
+- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS)
+- pcmcia
+- touchscreen(ucb1200)
+- ps/2 keyboard
+- console on LCD screen
+- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
+ - ttyS0 is default for serial console
+- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
+ See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
+ and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
+
+To do
+=====
+
+- UCB1200 audio with new ucb_generic layer
+- everything else! :-)
+
+Notes
+=====
+
+- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where
+ the ADS boot ROM and zImage is stored. It's been marked as
+ read-only to keep you from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is
+ for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be
+ utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2
+ on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're
+ welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also.
+
+- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
+ Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
+ if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
+ mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
+ fixed soon.
+
+Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!
--- /dev/null
+========================================
+ADS GraphicsMaster Single Board Computer
+========================================
+
+For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see
+http://www.applieddata.net/products.html
+
+The original Linux support for this product has been provided by
+Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>. Continued development work by
+Woojung Huh <whuh@applieddata.net>
+
+Use 'make graphicsmaster_config' before any 'make config'.
+This will set up defaults for GraphicsMaster support.
+
+The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000.
+
+Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the
+newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux.
+
+Supported peripherals
+=====================
+
+- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of)
+- SA1111 USB Master
+- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC
+- SA1100 serial port
+- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS)
+- pcmcia, compact flash
+- touchscreen(ucb1200)
+- ps/2 keyboard
+- console on LCD screen
+- serial ports (ttyS[0-2])
+ - ttyS0 is default for serial console
+- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc)
+ See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation
+ and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver
+
+To do
+=====
+
+- everything else! :-)
+
+Notes
+=====
+
+- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where
+ the zImage is stored. It's been marked as read-only to keep you
+ from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is
+ for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be
+ utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2
+ on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're
+ welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also.
+
+- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board.
+ Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently,
+ if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp
+ mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be
+ fixed soon.
+
+Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome!
--- /dev/null
+=======================
+Hoeft & Wessel Webpanel
+=======================
+
+The HUW_WEBPANEL is a product of the german company Hoeft & Wessel AG
+
+If you want more information, please visit
+http://www.hoeft-wessel.de
+
+To build the kernel::
+
+ make huw_webpanel_config
+ make oldconfig
+ [accept all defaults]
+ make zImage
+
+Mostly of the work is done by:
+Roman Jordan jor@hoeft-wessel.de
+Christoph Schulz schu@hoeft-wessel.de
+
+2000/12/18/
--- /dev/null
+====================
+Intel StrongARM 1100
+====================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ adsbitsy
+ assabet
+ brutus
+ cerf
+ freebird
+ graphicsclient
+ graphicsmaster
+ huw_webpanel
+ itsy
+ lart
+ nanoengine
+ pangolin
+ pleb
+ serial_uart
+ tifon
+ yopy
--- /dev/null
+====
+Itsy
+====
+
+Itsy is a research project done by the Western Research Lab, and Systems
+Research Center in Palo Alto, CA. The Itsy project is one of several
+research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing.
+
+For more information, see:
+
+ http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/
+
+Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) :
+
+The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with
+64 Meg of DRAM and 32 Meg of Flash. The initial work includes support for
+serial console (to see what you're doing). No other devices have been
+enabled.
+
+To build, do a "make menuconfig" (or xmenuconfig) and select Itsy support.
+Disable Flash and LCD support. and then do a make zImage.
+Finally, you will need to cd to arch/arm/boot/tools and execute a make there
+to build the params-itsy program used to boot the kernel.
+
+In order to install the port of 2.4 to the itsy, You will need to set the
+configuration parameters in the monitor as follows::
+
+ Arg 1:0x08340000, Arg2: 0xC0000000, Arg3:18 (0x12), Arg4:0
+
+Make sure the start-routine address is set to 0x00060000.
+
+Next, flash the params-itsy program to 0x00060000 ("p 1 0x00060000" in the
+flash menu) Flash the kernel in arch/arm/boot/zImage into 0x08340000
+("p 1 0x00340000"). Finally flash an initial ramdisk into 0xC8000000
+("p 2 0x0") We used ramdisk-2-30.gz from the 0.11 version directory on
+handhelds.org.
+
+The serial connection we established was at:
+
+8-bit data, no parity, 1 stop bit(s), 115200.00 b/s. in the monitor, in the
+params-itsy program, and in the kernel itself. This can be changed, but
+not easily. The monitor parameters are easily changed, the params program
+setup is assembly outl's, and the kernel is a configuration item specific to
+the itsy. (i.e. grep for CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY and you'll find where it is.)
+
+
+This should get you a properly booting 2.4 kernel on the itsy.
--- /dev/null
+====================================
+Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART)
+====================================
+
+The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded
+applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all
+other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible
+through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages
+between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of
+daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard
+is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of
+planning.
+
+The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license;
+see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information.
--- /dev/null
+==========
+nanoEngine
+==========
+
+"nanoEngine" is a SA1110 based single board computer from
+Bright Star Engineering Inc. See www.brightstareng.com/arm
+for more info.
+(Ref: Stuart Adams <sja@brightstareng.com>)
+
+Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site:
+http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm
--- /dev/null
+========
+Pangolin
+========
+
+Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced
+by Dialogue Technology (http://www.dialogue.com.tw/).
+It has EISA slots for ease of configuration with SDRAM/Flash
+memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash card,
+PCMCIA/IDE card and TFT-LCD card.
+
+To compile for Pangolin, you must issue the following commands::
+
+ make pangolin_config
+ make oldconfig
+ make zImage
+
+Supported peripherals
+=====================
+
+- SA1110 serial port (UART1/UART2/UART3)
+- flash memory access
+- compact flash driver
+- UDA1341 sound driver
+- SA1100 LCD controller for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD
+- MQ-200 driver for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD
+- Penmount(touch panel) driver
+- PCMCIA driver
+- SMC91C94 LAN driver
+- IDE driver (experimental)
--- /dev/null
+====
+PLEB
+====
+
+The PLEB project was started as a student initiative at the School of
+Computer Science and Engineering, University of New South Wales to make a
+pocket computer capable of running the Linux Kernel.
+
+PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated.
+
+For more information, see:
+
+ http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au
--- /dev/null
+==================
+SA1100 serial port
+==================
+
+The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned::
+
+ > Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700
+ > From: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@transmeta.com>
+ > To: Nicolas Pitre <nico@CAM.ORG>
+ > Cc: Device List Maintainer <device@lanana.org>
+ > Subject: Re: device
+ >
+ > Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density
+ > serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the
+ > tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about
+ > doing anything special.)
+ >
+ > So your assignments are:
+ >
+ > 204 char Low-density serial ports
+ > 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0
+ > 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1
+ > 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2
+ >
+ > 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device)
+ > 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0
+ > 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1
+ > 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2
+ >
+
+You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used
+by your SA1100-based device::
+
+ mknod ttySA0 c 204 5
+ mknod ttySA1 c 204 6
+ mknod ttySA2 c 204 7
+ mknod cusa0 c 205 5
+ mknod cusa1 c 205 6
+ mknod cusa2 c 205 7
+
+In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you
+must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device
+name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where
+you might have a getty process started on ttyS0.
+
+In this case:
+
+- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc.
+
+- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name
+ in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well.
--- /dev/null
+=====
+Tifon
+=====
+
+More info has to come...
+
+Contact: Peter Danielsson <peter.danielsson@era-t.ericsson.se>
--- /dev/null
+====
+Yopy
+====
+
+See http://www.yopydeveloper.org for more.
--- /dev/null
+=======================
+S3C24XX CPUfreq support
+=======================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The S3C24XX series support a number of power saving systems, such as
+ the ability to change the core, memory and peripheral operating
+ frequencies. The core control is exported via the CPUFreq driver
+ which has a number of different manual or automatic controls over the
+ rate the core is running at.
+
+ There are two forms of the driver depending on the specific CPU and
+ how the clocks are arranged. The first implementation used as single
+ PLL to feed the ARM, memory and peripherals via a series of dividers
+ and muxes and this is the implementation that is documented here. A
+ newer version where there is a separate PLL and clock divider for the
+ ARM core is available as a separate driver.
+
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ The code core manages the CPU specific drivers, any data that they
+ need to register and the interface to the generic drivers/cpufreq
+ system. Each CPU registers a driver to control the PLL, clock dividers
+ and anything else associated with it. Any board that wants to use this
+ framework needs to supply at least basic details of what is required.
+
+ The core registers with drivers/cpufreq at init time if all the data
+ necessary has been supplied.
+
+
+CPU support
+-----------
+
+ The support for each CPU depends on the facilities provided by the
+ SoC and the driver as each device has different PLL and clock chains
+ associated with it.
+
+
+Slow Mode
+---------
+
+ The SLOW mode where the PLL is turned off altogether and the
+ system is fed by the external crystal input is currently not
+ supported.
+
+
+sysfs
+-----
+
+ The core code exports extra information via sysfs in the directory
+ devices/system/cpu/cpu0/arch-freq.
+
+
+Board Support
+-------------
+
+ Each board that wants to use the cpufreq code must register some basic
+ information with the core driver to provide information about what the
+ board requires and any restrictions being placed on it.
+
+ The board needs to supply information about whether it needs the IO bank
+ timings changing, any maximum frequency limits and information about the
+ SDRAM refresh rate.
+
+
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2009 Simtec Electronics
+Licensed under GPLv2
--- /dev/null
+===================================
+Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST)
+===================================
+
+ http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The EB2410ITX is a S3C2410 based development board with a variety of
+ peripherals and expansion connectors. This board is also known by
+ the shortened name of Bast.
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ To set the default configuration, use `make bast_defconfig` which
+ supports the commonly used features of this board.
+
+
+Support
+-------
+
+ Official support information can be found on the Simtec Electronics
+ website, at the product page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/
+
+ Useful links:
+
+ - Resources Page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/resources.html
+
+ - Board FAQ at http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/faq.html
+
+ - Bootloader info http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/resources.html
+ and FAQ http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/faq.html
+
+
+MTD
+---
+
+ The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project.
+ Any problems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more
+ information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd.
+
+
+IDE
+---
+
+ Both onboard IDE ports are supported, however there is no support for
+ changing speed of devices, PIO Mode 4 capable drives should be used.
+
+
+Maintainers
+-----------
+
+ This board is maintained by Simtec Electronics.
+
+
+Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+====================
+S3C24XX GPIO Control
+====================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The s3c2410 kernel provides an interface to configure and
+ manipulate the state of the GPIO pins, and find out other
+ information about them.
+
+ There are a number of conditions attached to the configuration
+ of the s3c2410 GPIO system, please read the Samsung provided
+ data-sheet/users manual to find out the complete list.
+
+ See Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst for the core implementation.
+
+
+GPIOLIB
+-------
+
+ With the event of the GPIOLIB in drivers/gpio, support for some
+ of the GPIO functions such as reading and writing a pin will
+ be removed in favour of this common access method.
+
+ Once all the extant drivers have been converted, the functions
+ listed below will be removed (they may be marked as __deprecated
+ in the near future).
+
+ The following functions now either have a `s3c_` specific variant
+ or are merged into gpiolib. See the definitions in
+ arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h:
+
+ - s3c2410_gpio_setpin() gpio_set_value() or gpio_direction_output()
+ - s3c2410_gpio_getpin() gpio_get_value() or gpio_direction_input()
+ - s3c2410_gpio_getirq() gpio_to_irq()
+ - s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() s3c_gpio_cfgpin()
+ - s3c2410_gpio_getcfg() s3c_gpio_getcfg()
+ - s3c2410_gpio_pullup() s3c_gpio_setpull()
+
+
+GPIOLIB conversion
+------------------
+
+If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the phased
+out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process.
+
+1) If your board is exclusively using an GPIO, say to control peripheral
+ power, then it will require to claim the gpio with gpio_request() before
+ it can use it.
+
+ It is recommended to check the return value, with at least WARN_ON()
+ during initialisation.
+
+2) The s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() can be directly replaced with s3c_gpio_cfgpin()
+ as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific
+ values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments.
+
+3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that while the
+ s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the
+ s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0)
+ are not so easy.
+
+ The s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) case enables the pull-up (or in the case
+ of some of the devices, a pull-down) and as such the new API distinguishes
+ between the UP and DOWN case. There is currently no 'just turn on' setting
+ which may be required if this becomes a problem.
+
+4) s3c2410_gpio_setpin() can be replaced by gpio_set_value(), the old call
+ does not implicitly configure the relevant gpio to output. The gpio
+ direction should be changed before using gpio_set_value().
+
+5) s3c2410_gpio_getpin() is replaceable by gpio_get_value() if the pin
+ has been set to input. It is currently unknown what the behaviour is
+ when using gpio_get_value() on an output pin (s3c2410_gpio_getpin
+ would return the value the pin is supposed to be outputting).
+
+6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replaceable with the
+ gpio_to_irq() call.
+
+The s3c2410_gpio and `gpio_` calls have always operated on the same gpio
+numberspace, so there is no problem with converting the gpio numbering
+between the calls.
+
+
+Headers
+-------
+
+ See arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list
+ of GPIO pins, and the configuration values for them. This
+ is included by using #include <mach/regs-gpio.h>
+
+
+PIN Numbers
+-----------
+
+ Each pin has an unique number associated with it in regs-gpio.h,
+ e.g. S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell
+ the GPIO functions which pin is to be used.
+
+ With the conversion to gpiolib, there is no longer a direct conversion
+ from gpio pin number to register base address as in earlier kernels. This
+ is due to the number space required for newer SoCs where the later
+ GPIOs are not contiguous.
+
+
+Configuring a pin
+-----------------
+
+ The following function allows the configuration of a given pin to
+ be changed.
+
+ void s3c_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function);
+
+ e.g.:
+
+ s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C_GPIO_SFN(1));
+ s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C_GPIO_SFN(2));
+
+ which would turn GPA(0) into the lowest Address line A0, and set
+ GPE(8) to be connected to the SDIO/MMC controller's SDDAT1 line.
+
+
+Reading the current configuration
+---------------------------------
+
+ The current configuration of a pin can be read by using standard
+ gpiolib function:
+
+ s3c_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin);
+
+ The return value will be from the same set of values which can be
+ passed to s3c_gpio_cfgpin().
+
+
+Configuring a pull-up resistor
+------------------------------
+
+ A large proportion of the GPIO pins on the S3C2410 can have weak
+ pull-up resistors enabled. This can be configured by the following
+ function:
+
+ void s3c_gpio_setpull(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to);
+
+ Where the to value is S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE to set the pull-up off,
+ and S3C_GPIO_PULL_UP to enable the specified pull-up. Any other
+ values are currently undefined.
+
+
+Getting and setting the state of a PIN
+--------------------------------------
+
+ These calls are now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert
+ your board or driver to use gpiolib.
+
+
+Getting the IRQ number associated with a PIN
+--------------------------------------------
+
+ A standard gpiolib function can map the given pin number to an IRQ
+ number to pass to the IRQ system.
+
+ int gpio_to_irq(unsigned int pin);
+
+ Note, not all pins have an IRQ.
+
+
+Author
+-------
+
+Ben Dooks, 03 October 2004
+Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+=============
+HP IPAQ H1940
+=============
+
+http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The HP H1940 is a S3C2410 based handheld device, with
+ bluetooth connectivity.
+
+
+Support
+-------
+
+ A variety of information is available
+
+ handhelds.org project page:
+
+ http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html
+
+ handhelds.org wiki page:
+
+ http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/HpIpaqH1940
+
+ Herbert Pötzl pages:
+
+ http://vserver.13thfloor.at/H1940/
+
+
+Maintainers
+-----------
+
+ This project is being maintained and developed by a variety
+ of people, including Ben Dooks, Arnaud Patard, and Herbert Pötzl.
+
+ Thanks to the many others who have also provided support.
+
+
+(c) 2005 Ben Dooks
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+Samsung S3C24XX SoC Family
+==========================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ h1940
+ gpio
+ cpufreq
+ suspend
+ usb-host
+ s3c2412
+ eb2410itx
+ nand
+ smdk2440
+ s3c2413
+ overview
--- /dev/null
+====================
+S3C24XX NAND Support
+====================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+Small Page NAND
+---------------
+
+The driver uses a 512 byte (1 page) ECC code for this setup. The
+ECC code is not directly compatible with the default kernel ECC
+code, so the driver enforces its own OOB layout and ECC parameters
+
+Large Page NAND
+---------------
+
+The driver is capable of handling NAND flash with a 2KiB page
+size, with support for hardware ECC generation and correction.
+
+Unlike the 512byte page mode, the driver generates ECC data for
+each 256 byte block in an 2KiB page. This means that more than
+one error in a page can be rectified. It also means that the
+OOB layout remains the default kernel layout for these flashes.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2007 Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The Samsung S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs are supported
+ by the 's3c2410' architecture of ARM Linux. Currently the S3C2410,
+ S3C2412, S3C2413, S3C2416, S3C2440, S3C2442, S3C2443 and S3C2450 devices
+ are supported.
+
+ Support for the S3C2400 and S3C24A0 series was never completed and the
+ corresponding code has been removed after a while. If someone wishes to
+ revive this effort, partial support can be retrieved from earlier Linux
+ versions.
+
+ The S3C2416 and S3C2450 devices are very similar and S3C2450 support is
+ included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, while core
+ support for these SoCs is in, work on some of the extra peripherals
+ and extra interrupts is still ongoing.
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ A generic S3C2410 configuration is provided, and can be used as the
+ default by `make s3c2410_defconfig`. This configuration has support
+ for all the machines, and the commonly used features on them.
+
+ Certain machines may have their own default configurations as well,
+ please check the machine specific documentation.
+
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ The core support files are located in the platform code contained in
+ arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx with headers in include/asm-arm/plat-s3c24xx.
+ This directory should be kept to items shared between the platform
+ code (arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx) and the arch/arm/mach-s3c24* code.
+
+ Each cpu has a directory with the support files for it, and the
+ machines that carry the device. For example S3C2410 is contained
+ in arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 and S3C2440 in arch/arm/mach-s3c2440
+
+ Register, kernel and platform data definitions are held in the
+ arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 directory./include/mach
+
+arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx:
+
+ Files in here are either common to all the s3c24xx family,
+ or are common to only some of them with names to indicate this
+ status. The files that are not common to all are generally named
+ with the initial cpu they support in the series to ensure a short
+ name without any possibility of confusion with newer devices.
+
+ As an example, initially s3c244x would cover s3c2440 and s3c2442, but
+ with the s3c2443 which does not share many of the same drivers in
+ this directory, the name becomes invalid. We stick to s3c2440-<x>
+ to indicate a driver that is s3c2440 and s3c2442 compatible.
+
+ This does mean that to find the status of any given SoC, a number
+ of directories may need to be searched.
+
+
+Machines
+--------
+
+ The currently supported machines are as follows:
+
+ Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST)
+
+ A general purpose development board, see EB2410ITX.txt for further
+ details
+
+ Simtec Electronics IM2440D20 (Osiris)
+
+ CPU Module from Simtec Electronics, with a S3C2440A CPU, nand flash
+ and a PCMCIA controller.
+
+ Samsung SMDK2410
+
+ Samsung's own development board, geared for PDA work.
+
+ Samsung/Aiji SMDK2412
+
+ The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440.
+
+ Samsung/Aiji SMDK2413
+
+ The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440.
+
+ Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440
+
+ The S3C2440 compatible version of the SMDK2440, which has the
+ option of an S3C2440 or S3C2442 CPU module.
+
+ Thorcom VR1000
+
+ Custom embedded board
+
+ HP IPAQ 1940
+
+ Handheld (IPAQ), available in several varieties
+
+ HP iPAQ rx3715
+
+ S3C2440 based IPAQ, with a number of variations depending on
+ features shipped.
+
+ Acer N30
+
+ A S3C2410 based PDA from Acer. There is a Wiki page at
+ http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/AcerN30Documentation .
+
+ AML M5900
+
+ American Microsystems' M5900
+
+ Nex Vision Nexcoder
+ Nex Vision Otom
+
+ Two machines by Nex Vision
+
+
+Adding New Machines
+-------------------
+
+ The architecture has been designed to support as many machines as can
+ be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions
+ should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own
+ machine files.
+
+ Machine definitions should be kept in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410,
+ and there are a number of examples that can be looked at.
+
+ Read the kernel patch submission policies as well as the
+ Documentation/arm directory before submitting patches. The
+ ARM kernel series is managed by Russell King, and has a patch system
+ located at http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/
+ as well as mailing lists that can be found from the same site.
+
+ As a courtesy, please notify <ben-linux@fluff.org> of any new
+ machines or other modifications.
+
+ Any large scale modifications, or new drivers should be discussed
+ on the ARM kernel mailing list (linux-arm-kernel) before being
+ attempted. See http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/mailinglists/ for the
+ mailing list information.
+
+
+I2C
+---
+
+ The hardware I2C core in the CPU is supported in single master
+ mode, and can be configured via platform data.
+
+
+RTC
+---
+
+ Support for the onboard RTC unit, including alarm function.
+
+ This has recently been upgraded to use the new RTC core,
+ and the module has been renamed to rtc-s3c to fit in with
+ the new rtc naming scheme.
+
+
+Watchdog
+--------
+
+ The onchip watchdog is available via the standard watchdog
+ interface.
+
+
+NAND
+----
+
+ The current kernels now have support for the s3c2410 NAND
+ controller. If there are any problems the latest linux-mtd
+ code can be found from http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/
+
+ For more information see Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst
+
+
+SD/MMC
+------
+
+ The SD/MMC hardware pre S3C2443 is supported in the current
+ kernel, the driver is drivers/mmc/host/s3cmci.c and supports
+ 1 and 4 bit SD or MMC cards.
+
+ The SDIO behaviour of this driver has not been fully tested. There is no
+ current support for hardware SDIO interrupts.
+
+
+Serial
+------
+
+ The s3c2410 serial driver provides support for the internal
+ serial ports. These devices appear as /dev/ttySAC0 through 3.
+
+ To create device nodes for these, use the following commands
+
+ mknod ttySAC0 c 204 64
+ mknod ttySAC1 c 204 65
+ mknod ttySAC2 c 204 66
+
+
+GPIO
+----
+
+ The core contains support for manipulating the GPIO, see the
+ documentation in GPIO.txt in the same directory as this file.
+
+ Newer kernels carry GPIOLIB, and support is being moved towards
+ this with some of the older support in line to be removed.
+
+ As of v2.6.34, the move towards using gpiolib support is almost
+ complete, and very little of the old calls are left.
+
+ See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst for the S3C24XX specific
+ support and Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst for the core Samsung
+ implementation.
+
+
+Clock Management
+----------------
+
+ The core provides the interface defined in the header file
+ include/asm-arm/hardware/clock.h, to allow control over the
+ various clock units
+
+
+Suspend to RAM
+--------------
+
+ For boards that provide support for suspend to RAM, the
+ system can be placed into low power suspend.
+
+ See Suspend.txt for more information.
+
+
+SPI
+---
+
+ SPI drivers are available for both the in-built hardware
+ (although there is no DMA support yet) and a generic
+ GPIO based solution.
+
+
+LEDs
+----
+
+ There is support for GPIO based LEDs via a platform driver
+ in the LED subsystem.
+
+
+Platform Data
+-------------
+
+ Whenever a device has platform specific data that is specified
+ on a per-machine basis, care should be taken to ensure the
+ following:
+
+ 1) that default data is not left in the device to confuse the
+ driver if a machine does not set it at startup
+
+ 2) the data should (if possible) be marked as __initdata,
+ to ensure that the data is thrown away if the machine is
+ not the one currently in use.
+
+ The best way of doing this is to make a function that
+ kmalloc()s an area of memory, and copies the __initdata
+ and then sets the relevant device's platform data. Making
+ the function `__init` takes care of ensuring it is discarded
+ with the rest of the initialisation code::
+
+ static __init void s3c24xx_xxx_set_platdata(struct xxx_data *pd)
+ {
+ struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info *npd;
+
+ npd = kmalloc(sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (npd) {
+ memcpy(npd, pd, sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info));
+ s3c_device_xxx.dev.platform_data = npd;
+ } else {
+ printk(KERN_ERR "no memory for xxx platform data\n");
+ }
+ }
+
+ Note, since the code is marked as __init, it should not be
+ exported outside arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/, or exported to
+ modules via EXPORT_SYMBOL() and related functions.
+
+
+Port Contributors
+-----------------
+
+ Ben Dooks (BJD)
+ Vincent Sanders
+ Herbert Potzl
+ Arnaud Patard (RTP)
+ Roc Wu
+ Klaus Fetscher
+ Dimitry Andric
+ Shannon Holland
+ Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
+ Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
+ Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004-2006 Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+S3C2412 ARM Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The S3C2412 is part of the S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs
+ from Samsung. This part has an ARM926-EJS core, capable of running up
+ to 266MHz (see data-sheet for more information)
+
+
+Clock
+-----
+
+ The core clock code provides a set of clocks to the drivers, and allows
+ for source selection and a number of other features.
+
+
+Power
+-----
+
+ No support for suspend/resume to RAM in the current system.
+
+
+DMA
+---
+
+ No current support for DMA.
+
+
+GPIO
+----
+
+ There is support for setting the GPIO to input/output/special function
+ and reading or writing to them.
+
+
+UART
+----
+
+ The UART hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the
+ s3c2410 driver in the drivers/serial directory.
+
+
+NAND
+----
+
+ The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the
+ s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand/raw directory.
+
+
+USB Host
+--------
+
+ The USB hardware is similar to the S3C2410, with extended clock source
+ control. The OHCI portion is supported by the ohci-s3c2410 driver, and
+ the clock control selection is supported by the core clock code.
+
+
+USB Device
+----------
+
+ No current support in the kernel
+
+
+IRQs
+----
+
+ All the standard, and external interrupt sources are supported. The
+ extra sub-sources are not yet supported.
+
+
+RTC
+---
+
+ The RTC hardware is similar to the S3C2410, and is supported by the
+ s3c2410-rtc driver.
+
+
+Watchdog
+--------
+
+ The watchdog hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by
+ the s3c2410_wdt driver.
+
+
+MMC/SD/SDIO
+-----------
+
+ No current support for the MMC/SD/SDIO block.
+
+IIC
+---
+
+ The IIC hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by the
+ i2c-s3c24xx driver.
+
+
+IIS
+---
+
+ No current support for the IIS interface.
+
+
+SPI
+---
+
+ No current support for the SPI interfaces.
+
+
+ATA
+---
+
+ No current support for the on-board ATA block.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+S3C2413 ARM Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The S3C2413 is an extended version of the S3C2412, with an camera
+ interface and mobile DDR memory support. See the S3C2412 support
+ documentation for more information.
+
+
+Camera Interface
+----------------
+
+ This block is currently not supported.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+=========================
+Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440
+=========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The SMDK2440 is a two part evaluation board for the Samsung S3C2440
+ processor. It includes support for LCD, SmartMedia, Audio, SD and
+ 10MBit Ethernet, and expansion headers for various signals, including
+ the camera and unused GPIO.
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ To set the default configuration, use `make smdk2440_defconfig` which
+ will configure the common features of this board, or use
+ `make s3c2410_config` to include support for all s3c2410/s3c2440 machines
+
+
+Support
+-------
+
+ Ben Dooks' SMDK2440 site at http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ which
+ includes linux based USB download tools.
+
+ Some of the h1940 patches that can be found from the H1940 project
+ site at http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html can also be
+ applied to this board.
+
+
+Peripherals
+-----------
+
+ There is no current support for any of the extra peripherals on the
+ base-board itself.
+
+
+MTD
+---
+
+ The NAND flash should be supported by the in kernel MTD NAND support,
+ NOR flash will be added later.
+
+
+Maintainers
+-----------
+
+ This board is being maintained by Ben Dooks, for more info, see
+ http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/
+
+ Many thanks to Dimitry Andric of TomTom for the loan of the SMDK2440,
+ and to Simtec Electronics for allowing me time to work on this.
+
+
+(c) 2004 Ben Dooks
--- /dev/null
+=======================
+S3C24XX Suspend Support
+=======================
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The S3C24XX supports a low-power suspend mode, where the SDRAM is kept
+ in Self-Refresh mode, and all but the essential peripheral blocks are
+ powered down. For more information on how this works, please look
+ at the relevant CPU datasheet from Samsung.
+
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+ 1) A bootloader that can support the necessary resume operation
+
+ 2) Support for at least 1 source for resume
+
+ 3) CONFIG_PM enabled in the kernel
+
+ 4) Any peripherals that are going to be powered down at the same
+ time require suspend/resume support.
+
+
+Resuming
+--------
+
+ The S3C2410 user manual defines the process of sending the CPU to
+ sleep and how it resumes. The default behaviour of the Linux code
+ is to set the GSTATUS3 register to the physical address of the
+ code to resume Linux operation.
+
+ GSTATUS4 is currently left alone by the sleep code, and is free to
+ use for any other purposes (for example, the EB2410ITX uses this to
+ save memory configuration in).
+
+
+Machine Support
+---------------
+
+ The machine specific functions must call the s3c_pm_init() function
+ to say that its bootloader is capable of resuming. This can be as
+ simple as adding the following to the machine's definition:
+
+ INITMACHINE(s3c_pm_init)
+
+ A board can do its own setup before calling s3c_pm_init, if it
+ needs to setup anything else for power management support.
+
+ There is currently no support for over-riding the default method of
+ saving the resume address, if your board requires it, then contact
+ the maintainer and discuss what is required.
+
+ Note, the original method of adding an late_initcall() is wrong,
+ and will end up initialising all compiled machines' pm init!
+
+ The following is an example of code used for testing wakeup from
+ an falling edge on IRQ_EINT0::
+
+
+ static irqreturn_t button_irq(int irq, void *pw)
+ {
+ return IRQ_HANDLED;
+ }
+
+ statuc void __init machine_init(void)
+ {
+ ...
+
+ request_irq(IRQ_EINT0, button_irq, IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING,
+ "button-irq-eint0", NULL);
+
+ enable_irq_wake(IRQ_EINT0);
+
+ s3c_pm_init();
+ }
+
+
+Debugging
+---------
+
+ There are several important things to remember when using PM suspend:
+
+ 1) The uart drivers will disable the clocks to the UART blocks when
+ suspending, which means that use of printascii() or similar direct
+ access to the UARTs will cause the debug to stop.
+
+ 2) While the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks,
+ care should be taken that any external clock sources that the UARTs
+ rely on are still enabled at that point.
+
+ 3) If any debugging is placed in the resume path, then it must have the
+ relevant clocks and peripherals setup before use (ie, bootloader).
+
+ For example, if you transmit a character from the UART, the baud
+ rate and uart controls must be setup beforehand.
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ The S3C2410 specific configuration in `System Type` defines various
+ aspects of how the S3C2410 suspend and resume support is configured
+
+ `S3C2410 PM Suspend debug`
+
+ This option prints messages to the serial console before and after
+ the actual suspend, giving detailed information on what is
+ happening
+
+
+ `S3C2410 PM Suspend Memory CRC`
+
+ Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the
+ suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents.
+
+ Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependent on the CPU speed
+ and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz
+ S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete.
+
+ This support requires the CRC32 function to be enabled.
+
+
+ `S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)`
+
+ Defines the size of memory each CRC chunk covers. A smaller value
+ will mean that the CRC data block will take more memory, but will
+ identify any faults with better precision
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004 Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+========================
+S3C24XX USB Host support
+========================
+
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ This document details the S3C2410/S3C2440 in-built OHCI USB host support.
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ Enable at least the following kernel options:
+
+ menuconfig::
+
+ Device Drivers --->
+ USB support --->
+ <*> Support for Host-side USB
+ <*> OHCI HCD support
+
+
+ .config:
+
+ - CONFIG_USB
+ - CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD
+
+
+ Once these options are configured, the standard set of USB device
+ drivers can be configured and used.
+
+
+Board Support
+-------------
+
+ The driver attaches to a platform device, which will need to be
+ added by the board specific support file in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410,
+ such as mach-bast.c or mach-smdk2410.c
+
+ The platform device's platform_data field is only needed if the
+ board implements extra power control or over-current monitoring.
+
+ The OHCI driver does not ensure the state of the S3C2410's MISCCTRL
+ register, so if both ports are to be used for the host, then it is
+ the board support file's responsibility to ensure that the second
+ port is configured to be connected to the OHCI core.
+
+
+Platform Data
+-------------
+
+ See arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/usb-control.h for the
+ descriptions of the platform device data. An implementation
+ can be found in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/usb-simtec.c .
+
+ The `struct s3c2410_hcd_info` contains a pair of functions
+ that get called to enable over-current detection, and to
+ control the port power status.
+
+ The ports are numbered 0 and 1.
+
+ power_control:
+ Called to enable or disable the power on the port.
+
+ enable_oc:
+ Called to enable or disable the over-current monitoring.
+ This should claim or release the resources being used to
+ check the power condition on the port, such as an IRQ.
+
+ report_oc:
+ The OHCI driver fills this field in for the over-current code
+ to call when there is a change to the over-current state on
+ an port. The ports argument is a bitmask of 1 bit per port,
+ with bit X being 1 for an over-current on port X.
+
+ The function s3c2410_usb_report_oc() has been provided to
+ ensure this is called correctly.
+
+ port[x]:
+ This is struct describes each port, 0 or 1. The platform driver
+ should set the flags field of each port to S3C_HCDFLG_USED if
+ the port is enabled.
+
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Ben Dooks, Copyright 2005 Simtec Electronics
--- /dev/null
+==========================================================
+Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards
+==========================================================
+
+Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski
+
+Date : 6 June 2015
+
+The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel
+and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition
+of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference
+for information purpose only.
+
+In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary
+SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before
+executing kernel.
+
+
+1. Non-Secure mode
+
+Address: sysram_ns_base_addr
+
+============= ============================================ ==================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= ============================================ ==================
+0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend
+0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
+0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
+0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
+0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
+0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR
+0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR
+0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
+============= ============================================ ==================
+
+
+2. Secure mode
+
+Address: sysram_base_addr
+
+============= ============================================ ==================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= ============================================ ==================
+0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
+0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot
+4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
+0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
+0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
+============= ============================================ ==================
+
+Address: pmu_base_addr
+
+============= ============================================ ==================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= ============================================ ==================
+0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend
+0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend
+0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
+0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
+0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot
+0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
+0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
+============= ============================================ ==================
+
+3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode)
+
+Address: pmu_base_addr
+
+============= =============================== ===============================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= =============================== ===============================
+0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator
+ on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x
+============= =============================== ===============================
+
+
+4. Glossary
+
+AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other
+modules are power gated, except the TOP modules
+MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# Copyright 2010 Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
+#
+# Released under GPLv2
+
+# example usage
+# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst
+
+function extract_value(s)
+{
+ eqat = index(s, "=")
+ comat = index(s, ",")
+ return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2)
+}
+
+function remove_brackets(b)
+{
+ return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2)
+}
+
+function splitdefine(l, p)
+{
+ r = split(l, tp)
+
+ p[0] = tp[2]
+ p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3])
+}
+
+function find_length(f)
+{
+ if (0)
+ printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ if (f ~ /0x1/)
+ return 1
+ else if (f ~ /0x3/)
+ return 2
+ else if (f ~ /0x7/)
+ return 3
+ else if (f ~ /0xf/)
+ return 4
+
+ printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit
+}
+
+function find_shift(s)
+{
+ id = index(s, "<")
+ if (id <= 0) {
+ printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit
+ }
+
+ return substr(s, id+2)
+}
+
+
+BEGIN {
+ if (ARGC < 2) {
+ print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit
+ }
+
+# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need
+# to replace and create an associative array of values
+
+ while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) {
+ if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ &&
+ !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) {
+ splitdefine(line, fields)
+ name = fields[0]
+ if (0)
+ printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1])
+ dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1])
+ if (0)
+ printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ } else {
+ }
+ }
+
+ delete ARGV[1]
+}
+
+/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ {
+ shift=""
+ mask=""
+ divshift=""
+ reg_div=""
+ reg_src=""
+ indent=1
+
+ print $0
+
+ for(; indent >= 1;) {
+ if ((getline line) <= 0) {
+ printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit 1;
+ }
+
+ if (line ~ /\.shift/) {
+ shift = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) {
+ mask = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) {
+ reg_div = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) {
+ reg_src = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) {
+ divshift = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /{/) {
+ indent++
+ print line
+ } else if (line ~ /}/) {
+ indent--
+
+ if (indent == 0) {
+ if (0) {
+ printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+
+ generated = mask
+ sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated)
+
+ if (0) {
+ printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n"
+ printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n"
+ printf "/* shift " shift " */\n"
+ printf "/* mask " mask " */\n"
+ printf "/* generated " generated " */\n"
+ }
+
+ if (reg_div != "") {
+ printf "\t.reg_div = { "
+ printf ".reg = " reg_div ", "
+ printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", "
+ printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", "
+ printf "},\n"
+ }
+
+ printf "\t.reg_src = { "
+ printf ".reg = " reg_src ", "
+ printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", "
+ printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", "
+
+ printf "},\n"
+
+ }
+
+ print line
+ } else {
+ print line
+ }
+
+ if (0)
+ printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+}
+
+// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 }
--- /dev/null
+===========================
+Samsung GPIO implementation
+===========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
+specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core.
+
+
+S3C24XX (Legacy)
+----------------
+
+See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst for more information
+about these devices. Their implementation has been brought into line
+with the core samsung implementation described in this document.
+
+
+GPIOLIB integration
+-------------------
+
+The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing
+specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such
+as pin special-function or pull resistor control.
+
+GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system.
+
+
+PIN configuration
+-----------------
+
+Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC
+registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration
+implementation to configure pins as necessary.
+
+The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a
+driver or machine to change gpio configuration.
+
+See arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h for more information
+on these functions.
--- /dev/null
+===========
+Samsung SoC
+===========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ gpio
+ bootloader-interface
+ overview
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+Samsung ARM Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial
+ ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of
+ the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code
+ that supports this.
+
+ The currently supported SoCs are:
+
+ - S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst for full list
+ - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410
+ - S5PC110 / S5PV210
+
+
+S3C24XX Systems
+---------------
+
+ There is still documentation in Documnetation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/ which
+ deals with the architecture and drivers specific to these devices.
+
+ See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst for more information
+ on the implementation details and specific support.
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of
+ unifying all the SoCs into one kernel.
+
+ s5pc110_defconfig
+ - S5PC110 specific default configuration
+ s5pv210_defconfig
+ - S5PV210 specific default configuration
+
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of
+ several platform directories and then the machine specific directories
+ of the CPUs being built for.
+
+ plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the
+ last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build
+ specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions
+ to get the system running.
+
+ plat-s3c24xx is for s3c24xx specific builds, see the S3C24XX docs.
+
+ plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the
+ S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory
+ due to differences in the hardware.
+
+
+Layout changes
+--------------
+
+ The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with
+ support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves
+ where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having
+ so many different platform directories.
+
+
+Port Contributors
+-----------------
+
+ Ben Dooks (BJD)
+ Vincent Sanders
+ Herbert Potzl
+ Arnaud Patard (RTP)
+ Roc Wu
+ Klaus Fetscher
+ Dimitry Andric
+ Shannon Holland
+ Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
+ Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
+ Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Copyright 2009-2010 Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
--- /dev/null
+=============================================
+Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux
+=============================================
+
+The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter
+structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used
+for most ARM Linux architectures.
+
+This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the
+kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived
+through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it
+should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch().
+
+There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described
+below:
+
+ page_size
+ This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and
+ will be checked by the kernel.
+
+ nr_pages
+ This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If
+ the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number
+ of pages in the system.
+
+ If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not
+ include this information.
+
+ ramdisk_size
+ This is now obsolete, and should not be used.
+
+ flags
+ Various kernel flags, including:
+
+ ===== ========================
+ bit 0 1 = mount root read only
+ bit 1 unused
+ bit 2 0 = load ramdisk
+ bit 3 0 = prompt for ramdisk
+ ===== ========================
+
+ rootdev
+ major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem.
+
+ video_num_cols / video_num_rows
+ These two together describe the character size of the dummy console,
+ or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other
+ purpose.
+
+ It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or
+ the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows
+ all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly.
+
+ video_x / video_y
+ This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and
+ is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and
+ should not be used for other purposes).
+
+ memc_control_reg
+ MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000
+ based machines. May be used differently by different architectures.
+
+ sounddefault
+ Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by
+ different architectures.
+
+ adfsdrives
+ Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different
+ architectures.
+
+ bytes_per_char_h / bytes_per_char_v
+ These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
+
+ pages_in_bank[4]
+ Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC).
+ This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory
+ is non-contiguous from the processors point of view.
+
+ pages_in_vram
+ Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also
+ be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained
+ from the hardware.
+
+ initrd_start / initrd_size
+ This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the
+ initial ramdisk.
+
+ rd_start
+ Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk.
+
+ system_rev
+ system revision number.
+
+ system_serial_low / system_serial_high
+ system 64-bit serial number
+
+ mem_fclk_21285
+ The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge),
+ which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port.
+ Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between
+ 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed,
+ then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures.
+
+ paths[8][128]
+ These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
+
+ commandline
+ Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere.
--- /dev/null
+========================
+SPEAr ARM Linux Overview
+========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture).
+ weblink : http://www.st.com/spear
+
+ The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are
+ supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310,
+ SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported.
+
+ Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows:
+
+ SPEAr (Platform)
+ - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
+ - SPEAr300 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr310 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr320 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
+ - SPEAr600 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9)
+ - SPEAr1310 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr1340 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the
+ default by::
+
+ make spear13xx_defconfig
+ make spear3xx_defconfig
+ make spear6xx_defconfig
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and
+ SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear
+ with headers in plat/.
+
+ Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by
+ series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx.
+
+ Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for
+ spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is
+ mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific
+ files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and
+ spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully
+ support Flattened Device Tree.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+ Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics
--- /dev/null
+======================
+STi ARM Linux Overview
+======================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of
+ CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of
+ ARM Linux. Currently STiH415, STiH416 SOCs are supported with both
+ B2000 and B2020 Reference boards.
+
+
+configuration
+-------------
+
+ A generic configuration is provided for both STiH415/416, and can be used as the
+ default by::
+
+ make stih41x_defconfig
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ All the files for multiple machine families (STiH415, STiH416, and STiG125)
+ are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti
+
+ There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
+ Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with
+ Device Trees.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+ Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@st.com>, (c) 2013 ST Microelectronics
+++ /dev/null
- STi ARM Linux Overview
- ==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of
- CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of
- ARM Linux. Currently STiH415, STiH416 SOCs are supported with both
- B2000 and B2020 Reference boards.
-
-
- configuration
- -------------
-
- A generic configuration is provided for both STiH415/416, and can be used as the
- default by
- make stih41x_defconfig
-
- Layout
- ------
- All the files for multiple machine families (STiH415, STiH416, and STiG125)
- are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti
-
- There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
- Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with
- Device Trees.
-
-
- Document Author
- ---------------
-
- Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@st.com>, (c) 2013 ST Microelectronics
--- /dev/null
+================
+STiH407 Overview
+================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes
+ and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
+ and IP-STB markets.
+
+ Features
+ - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm)
+ - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+ Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics
+++ /dev/null
- STiH407 Overview
- ================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes
- and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
- and IP-STB markets.
-
- Features
- - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm)
- - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
-
- Document Author
- ---------------
-
- Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics
--- /dev/null
+================
+STiH415 Overview
+================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The STiH415 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors
+ for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets.
+
+ Features:
+
+ - ARM Cortex-A9 1.0 GHz, dual-core CPU
+ - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2
+++ /dev/null
- STiH415 Overview
- ================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The STiH415 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors
- for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets.
-
- Features
- - ARM Cortex-A9 1.0 GHz, dual-core CPU
- - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2
--- /dev/null
+================
+STiH416 Overview
+================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The STiH416 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors
+ for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets.
+
+ Features
+ - ARM Cortex-A9 1.2 GHz dual core CPU
+ - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2
+++ /dev/null
- STiH416 Overview
- ================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The STiH416 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors
- for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets.
-
- Features
- - ARM Cortex-A9 1.2 GHz dual core CPU
- - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2
--- /dev/null
+================
+STiH418 Overview
+================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes
+ and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
+ and IP-STB markets.
+
+ Features
+ - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm)
+ - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
+ - HEVC L5.1 Main 10
+ - VP9
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+ Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics
+++ /dev/null
- STiH418 Overview
- ================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes
- and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
- and IP-STB markets.
-
- Features
- - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm)
- - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
- - HEVC L5.1 Main 10
- - VP9
-
- Document Author
- ---------------
-
- Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics
-:orphan:
-
========================
STM32 ARM Linux Overview
========================
-:orphan:
-
+==================
STM32F429 Overview
==================
.. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013
-:Authors:
-
-Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
+:Authors: Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
-:orphan:
-
+==================
STM32F746 Overview
==================
.. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html
-:Authors:
-
-Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
+:Authors: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
-:orphan:
-
+==================
STM32F769 Overview
==================
.. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html
-:Authors:
-
-Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
+:Authors: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
-:orphan:
-
+==================
STM32H743 Overview
==================
.. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033
-:Authors:
-
-Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
+:Authors: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
-:orphan:
-
+===================
STM32MP157 Overview
===================
--- /dev/null
+==================
+ARM Allwinner SoCs
+==================
+
+This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently
+supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also
+provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs.
+
+SunXi family
+------------
+ Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi
+
+ Flavors:
+
+ * ARM926 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner F20 (sun3i)
+
+ * Not Supported
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A10 (sun4i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A10s (sun5i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf
+
+ - Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i)
+
+ * Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner V3s (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
+
+ * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A20 (sun7i)
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A23 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
+
+ * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A31 (sun6i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A31s (sun6i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A33 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner H2+ (sun8i)
+
+ * No document available now, but is known to be working properly with
+ H3 drivers and memory map.
+
+ - Allwinner H3 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/H3/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner R40 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf
+
+ * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A80
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf
+
+ * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A83T
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf
+
+ * Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A64
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf
+++ /dev/null
-ARM Allwinner SoCs
-==================
-
-This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently
-supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also
-provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs.
-
-SunXi family
-------------
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi
-
- Flavors:
- * ARM926 based SoCs
- - Allwinner F20 (sun3i)
- + Not Supported
-
- * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A10 (sun4i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A10s (sun5i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf
-
- - Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i)
-
- * Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner V3s (sun8i)
- + Datasheet
- http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
-
- * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A20 (sun7i)
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A23 (sun8i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
-
- * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A31 (sun6i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A31s (sun6i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A33 (sun8i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf
-
- - Allwinner H2+ (sun8i)
- + No document available now, but is known to be working properly with
- H3 drivers and memory map.
-
- - Allwinner H3 (sun8i)
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/H3/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
-
- - Allwinner R40 (sun8i)
- + Datasheet
- https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
- + User Manual
- https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf
-
- * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A80
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf
-
- * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A83T
- + Datasheet
- https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf
- + User Manual
- https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf
-
- * Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A64
- + Datasheet
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
- + User Manual
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf
--- /dev/null
+=======================================================
+Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system
+=======================================================
+
+This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask
+about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate.
+
+Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the
+ system?
+
+A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated
+ carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right
+ steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this
+ simplified suspend example:
+
+ While the system is operational, you would see something like::
+
+ 24MHz 32kHz
+ |
+ PLL1
+ \
+ \_ CPU Mux
+ |
+ [CPU]
+
+ When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz
+ oscillator::
+
+ 24Mhz 32kHz
+ | |
+ PLL1 |
+ /
+ CPU Mux _/
+ |
+ [CPU]
+
+ Finally you can gate the main oscillator::
+
+ 32kHz
+ |
+ |
+ /
+ CPU Mux _/
+ |
+ [CPU]
+
+Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks?
+
+A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers,
+ you can find it at
+
+ http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM
+
+ The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver
+ released by Allwinner, you can find it at
+
+ https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu
+++ /dev/null
-Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system
-=======================================================
-
-This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask
-about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate.
-
-Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the
- system?
-
-A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated
- carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right
- steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this
- simplified suspend example:
-
- While the system is operational, you would see something like
-
- 24MHz 32kHz
- |
- PLL1
- \
- \_ CPU Mux
- |
- [CPU]
-
- When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz
- oscillator:
-
- 24Mhz 32kHz
- | |
- PLL1 |
- /
- CPU Mux _/
- |
- [CPU]
-
- Finally you can gate the main oscillator
-
- 32kHz
- |
- |
- /
- CPU Mux _/
- |
- [CPU]
-
-Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks?
-
-A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers,
- you can find it at
-
- http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM
-
- The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver
- released by Allwinner, you can find it at
-
- https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu
+++ /dev/null
-Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds
-moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX.
-
-ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these
-instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed.
-Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB
-sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is
-signalled to the triggering process.
-
-/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of
-the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example:
----
-Emulated SWP: 12
-Emulated SWPB: 0
-Aborted SWP{B}: 1
-Last process: 314
----
-
-NOTE: when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external
-transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update
-atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can
-cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as
-the STREX operation will always fail.
-
--- /dev/null
+Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds
+moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX.
+
+ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these
+instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed.
+Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB
+sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is
+signalled to the triggering process.
+
+/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of
+the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example::
+
+ Emulated SWP: 12
+ Emulated SWPB: 0
+ Aborted SWP{B}: 1
+ Last process: 314
+
+
+NOTE:
+ when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external
+ transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update
+ atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can
+ cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as
+ the STREX operation will always fail.
--- /dev/null
+==================================================
+ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux
+==================================================
+
+Written by Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
+
+Some ARM SoC:s have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory).
+This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM
+processor.
+
+Due to being embedded inside the CPU The TCM has a
+Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM)
+and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any
+instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data.
+The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical
+minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM.
+
+ARM CPU:s have special registers to read out status, physical
+location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
+defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
+system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
+at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
+to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
+determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
+in the machine.
+
+There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
+Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
+size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify
+TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you
+actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the
+place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the
+CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with
+the TCM.
+
+The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
+the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where
+the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
+implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
+memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
+will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
+on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
+
+Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
+TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
+into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
+be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
+world (TrustZone).
+
+TCM is used for a few things:
+
+- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic
+ timing and cannot wait for cache misses.
+
+- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh
+ retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by
+ the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an
+ interrupt.
+
+- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring
+ the external RAM controller.
+
+There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture
+in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
+
+- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM.
+
+- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM.
+
+- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM.
+
+- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special
+ allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add()
+ and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
+ memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
+ device state when shutting off device power domains.
+
+A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
+arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
+#include <asm/tcm.h>
+
+Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
+int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
+
+Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
+to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
+wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
+will make the call relative.
+
+Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this::
+
+ int __tcmdata foo;
+
+Constants can be tagged like this::
+
+ int __tcmconst foo;
+
+To put assembler into TCM just use::
+
+ .section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data"
+
+respectively.
+
+Example code::
+
+ #include <asm/tcm.h>
+
+ /* Uninitialized data */
+ static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar;
+ /* Initialized data */
+ static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU;
+ /* Constant */
+ static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU;
+
+ static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void)
+ {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ tcmvar ++;
+ }
+
+ static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void)
+ {
+ /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
+ tcmvar ++;
+ }
+ tcm_to_tcm();
+ }
+
+ static void __init test_tcm(void)
+ {
+ u32 *tcmem;
+ int i;
+
+ hello_tcm();
+ printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n");
+
+ printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
+ tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU;
+ printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
+
+ printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned);
+
+ printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst);
+
+ /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */
+ tcmem = tcm_alloc(20);
+ if (tcmem) {
+ printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem);
+ tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
+ tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU;
+ tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU;
+ tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
+ tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU;
+ for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]);
+ tcm_free(tcmem, 20);
+ }
+ }
+++ /dev/null
-ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux
-----
-Written by Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
-
-Some ARM SoC:s have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory).
-This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM
-processor.
-
-Due to being embedded inside the CPU The TCM has a
-Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM)
-and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any
-instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data.
-The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical
-minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM.
-
-ARM CPU:s have special registers to read out status, physical
-location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
-defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
-system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
-at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
-to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
-determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
-in the machine.
-
-There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
-Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
-size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify
-TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you
-actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the
-place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the
-CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with
-the TCM.
-
-The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
-the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where
-the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
-implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
-memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
-will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
-on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
-
-Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
-TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
-into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
-be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
-world (TrustZone).
-
-TCM is used for a few things:
-
-- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic
- timing and cannot wait for cache misses.
-
-- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh
- retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by
- the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an
- interrupt.
-
-- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring
- the external RAM controller.
-
-There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture
-in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
-
-- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM.
-
-- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM.
-
-- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM.
-
-- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special
- allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add()
- and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
- memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
- device state when shutting off device power domains.
-
-A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
-arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
-#include <asm/tcm.h>
-
-Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
-int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
-
-Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
-to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
-wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
-will make the call relative.
-
-Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this:
-int __tcmdata foo;
-
-Constants can be tagged like this:
-int __tcmconst foo;
-
-To put assembler into TCM just use
-.section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data"
-respectively.
-
-Example code:
-
-#include <asm/tcm.h>
-
-/* Uninitialized data */
-static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar;
-/* Initialized data */
-static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU;
-/* Constant */
-static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU;
-
-static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void)
-{
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
- tcmvar ++;
-}
-
-static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void)
-{
- /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
- tcmvar ++;
- }
- tcm_to_tcm();
-}
-
-static void __init test_tcm(void)
-{
- u32 *tcmem;
- int i;
-
- hello_tcm();
- printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n");
-
- printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
- tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU;
- printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
-
- printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned);
-
- printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst);
-
- /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */
- tcmem = tcm_alloc(20);
- if (tcmem) {
- printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem);
- tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
- tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU;
- tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU;
- tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
- tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU;
- for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]);
- tcm_free(tcmem, 20);
- }
-}
--- /dev/null
+================================================
+The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI)
+================================================
+
+UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification
+governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is
+maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/.
+
+UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and
+UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated
+source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers
+to legacy code or specifications.
+
+UEFI support in Linux
+=====================
+Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification
+makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features:
+
+- UEFI Runtime Services
+- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised
+ interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...)
+
+For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable:
+
+- CONFIG_EFI=y
+- CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y or m
+
+The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment
+in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF.
+
+UEFI stub
+=========
+The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI
+PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to
+load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the
+lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd.
+
+The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for
+booting in non-UEFI environments.
+
+UEFI kernel support on ARM
+==========================
+UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available
+when boot is performed through the stub.
+
+When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT.
+Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map.
+
+The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
+following parameters:
+
+========================== ====== ===========================================
+Name Size Description
+========================== ====== ===========================================
+linux,uefi-system-table 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-start 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI memory map,
+ populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-size 32-bit Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map
+ pointed to in previous entry.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size 32-bit Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI
+ memory map.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver 32-bit Version of the mmap descriptor format.
+========================== ====== ===========================================
+++ /dev/null
-UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification
-governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is
-maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/.
-
-UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and
-UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated
-source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers
-to legacy code or specifications.
-
-UEFI support in Linux
-=====================
-Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification
-makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features:
-- UEFI Runtime Services
-- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised
- interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...)
-
-For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable:
-- CONFIG_EFI=y
-- CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y or m
-
-The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment
-in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF.
-
-UEFI stub
-=========
-The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI
-PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to
-load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the
-lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd.
-
-The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for
-booting in non-UEFI environments.
-
-UEFI kernel support on ARM
-==========================
-UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available
-when boot is performed through the stub.
-
-When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT.
-Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map.
-
-The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
-following parameters:
-________________________________________________________________________________
-Name | Size | Description
-================================================================================
-linux,uefi-system-table | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-linux,uefi-mmap-start | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI memory map,
- | | populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-linux,uefi-mmap-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map
- | | pointed to in previous entry.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI
- | | memory map.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver | 32-bit | Version of the mmap descriptor format.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+===============================================
+Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code
+===============================================
+
+Date: 20 May 2004
+
+Author: Russell King
+
+This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It
+provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found
+on ARM926EJ-S.
+
+This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by
+John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this
+library and test suite can be found at:
+
+ http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html
+
+The operations which have been tested with this package are:
+
+ - fdiv
+ - fsub
+ - fadd
+ - fmul
+ - fcmp
+ - fcmpe
+ - fcvtd
+ - fcvts
+ - fsito
+ - ftosi
+ - fsqrt
+
+All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions:
+
+- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results
+ when input operands differ in signs.
+- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a
+ result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number
+ after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception.
+
+Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests
+are:
+
+ - fcpy
+ - fabs
+ - fneg
+ - ftoui
+ - ftosiz
+ - ftouiz
+
+The combination operations have not been tested:
+
+ - fmac
+ - fnmac
+ - fmsc
+ - fnmsc
+ - fnmul
--- /dev/null
+======================================
+vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion
+======================================
+
+Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion
+mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory
+system.
+
+These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs
+which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware
+provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks
+cannot be used.
+
+
+vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for
+writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for
+itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The
+final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been
+cast identifies the winner.
+
+In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result
+in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if
+no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have
+started yet.
+
+
+Algorithm
+---------
+
+The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code::
+
+
+ int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, };
+ int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */
+
+ bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu)
+ {
+ /* signal our desire to vote */
+ currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1;
+ if (last_vote != -1) {
+ /* someone already volunteered himself */
+ currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
+ return false; /* not ourself */
+ }
+
+ /* let's suggest ourself */
+ last_vote = this_cpu;
+ currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
+
+ /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */
+ for_each_cpu(i) {
+ while (currently_voting[i] != 0)
+ /* wait */;
+ }
+
+ /* result */
+ if (last_vote == this_cpu)
+ return true; /* we won */
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ bool vlock_unlock(void)
+ {
+ last_vote = -1;
+ }
+
+
+The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine
+whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the
+"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1].
+
+However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system
+atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static
+priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could
+overflow.
+
+As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it
+will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared
+its currently_voting flag.
+
+
+Features and limitations
+------------------------
+
+ * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the
+ _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely
+ to win.
+
+ vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary
+ to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually
+ wins.
+
+ * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large
+ number of CPUs.
+
+ vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling
+ if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs::
+
+ /* first level: local election */
+ my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf];
+ I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf);
+ if (I_won) {
+ /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */
+ my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf];
+ I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf));
+ if (I_won) {
+ /* and so on */
+ I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf];
+ if (I_won) {
+ /* ... */
+ }
+ vlock_unlock(the_whole_country);
+ }
+ vlock_unlock(my_state);
+ }
+ vlock_unlock(my_town);
+
+
+ARM implementation
+------------------
+
+The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond
+the basic algorithm:
+
+ * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together,
+ we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number
+ of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This
+ reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory.
+
+ In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load
+ and comparison::
+
+ LDR Rt, [Rn]
+ CMP Rt, #0
+
+ ...in place of code equivalent to::
+
+ LDRB Rt, [Rn]
+ CMP Rt, #0
+ LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1]
+ CMPEQ Rt, #0
+ LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2]
+ CMPEQ Rt, #0
+ LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3]
+ CMPEQ Rt, #0
+
+ This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially
+ reducing bus contention in contended cases.
+
+ The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system
+ guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of
+ different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that
+ we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which
+ bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this
+ optimisation.
+
+ If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in
+ one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The
+ implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this
+ case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be
+ required if bytes were loaded individually.
+
+
+ In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but
+ to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial
+ implementation.
+
+
+ * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are
+ unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the
+ implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required
+ when executing the algorithm in cached memory.
+
+ packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached
+ memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due
+ to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other
+ CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be
+ probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway).
+
+
+ * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not
+ -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks
+ to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting
+ them in .bss.
+
+ An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this
+ variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID.
+
+
+Colophon
+--------
+
+Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for
+use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully
+received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for
+grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing
+up the pseudocode.
+
+Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
+Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
+License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
+
+
+References
+----------
+
+[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming
+ Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455.
+
+ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm
+
+[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org.
+++ /dev/null
-vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion
-======================================
-
-Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion
-mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory
-system.
-
-These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs
-which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware
-provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks
-cannot be used.
-
-
-vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for
-writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for
-itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The
-final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been
-cast identifies the winner.
-
-In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result
-in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if
-no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have
-started yet.
-
-
-Algorithm
----------
-
-The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code:
-
-
- int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, };
- int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */
-
- bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu)
- {
- /* signal our desire to vote */
- currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1;
- if (last_vote != -1) {
- /* someone already volunteered himself */
- currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
- return false; /* not ourself */
- }
-
- /* let's suggest ourself */
- last_vote = this_cpu;
- currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
-
- /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */
- for_each_cpu(i) {
- while (currently_voting[i] != 0)
- /* wait */;
- }
-
- /* result */
- if (last_vote == this_cpu)
- return true; /* we won */
- return false;
- }
-
- bool vlock_unlock(void)
- {
- last_vote = -1;
- }
-
-
-The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine
-whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the
-"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1].
-
-However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system
-atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static
-priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could
-overflow.
-
-As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it
-will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared
-its currently_voting flag.
-
-
-Features and limitations
-------------------------
-
- * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the
- _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely
- to win.
-
- vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary
- to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually
- wins.
-
- * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large
- number of CPUs.
-
- vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling
- if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs:
-
- /* first level: local election */
- my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf];
- I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf);
- if (I_won) {
- /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */
- my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf];
- I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf));
- if (I_won) {
- /* and so on */
- I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf];
- if (I_won) {
- /* ... */
- }
- vlock_unlock(the_whole_country);
- }
- vlock_unlock(my_state);
- }
- vlock_unlock(my_town);
-
-
-ARM implementation
-------------------
-
-The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond
-the basic algorithm:
-
- * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together,
- we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number
- of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This
- reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory.
-
- In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load
- and comparison:
-
- LDR Rt, [Rn]
- CMP Rt, #0
-
- ...in place of code equivalent to:
-
- LDRB Rt, [Rn]
- CMP Rt, #0
- LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1]
- CMPEQ Rt, #0
- LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2]
- CMPEQ Rt, #0
- LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3]
- CMPEQ Rt, #0
-
- This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially
- reducing bus contention in contended cases.
-
- The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system
- guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of
- different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that
- we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which
- bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this
- optimisation.
-
- If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in
- one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The
- implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this
- case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be
- required if bytes were loaded individually.
-
-
- In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but
- to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial
- implementation.
-
-
- * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are
- unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the
- implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required
- when executing the algorithm in cached memory.
-
- packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached
- memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due
- to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other
- CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be
- probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway).
-
-
- * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not
- -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks
- to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting
- them in .bss.
-
- An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this
- variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID.
-
-
-Colophon
---------
-
-Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for
-use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully
-received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for
-grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing
-up the pseudocode.
-
-Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
-Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
-License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
-
-
-References
-----------
-
-[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming
- Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455.
-
- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm
-
-[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org.
};
The format and meaning of the "xen,uefi-*" parameters are similar to those in
-Documentation/arm/uefi.txt, which are provided by the regular UEFI stub. However
+Documentation/arm/uefi.rst, which are provided by the regular UEFI stub. However
they differ because they are provided by the Xen hypervisor, together with a set
of UEFI runtime services implemented via hypercalls, see
http://xenbits.xen.org/docs/unstable/hypercall/x86_64/include,public,platform.h.html.
of the kernel image. That entry point supports two calling
conventions. A summary of the interface is described here. A full
description of the boot requirements is documented in
- Documentation/arm/Booting
+ Documentation/arm/booting.rst
a) ATAGS interface. Minimal information is passed from firmware
to the kernel with a tagged list of predefined parameters.
b) Entry with a flattened device-tree block. Firmware loads the
physical address of the flattened device tree block (dtb) into r2,
r1 is not used, but it is considered good practice to use a valid
- machine number as described in Documentation/arm/Booting.
+ machine number as described in Documentation/arm/booting.rst.
r0 : 0
+
.. The Linux Kernel documentation master file, created by
sphinx-quickstart on Fri Feb 12 13:51:46 2016.
You can adapt this file completely to your liking, but it should at least
-Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/Booting
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/booting.rst
If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
Maintainer: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-Documentation/arm/Booting 的中文翻译
+Documentation/arm/booting.rst 的中文翻译
如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
-Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst
If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
Dave Martin <dave.martin@linaro.org>
Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt 的中文翻译
+Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst 的中文翻译
如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
F: drivers/*/*s5pv210*
F: drivers/memory/samsung/*
F: drivers/soc/samsung/*
-F: Documentation/arm/Samsung/
+F: Documentation/arm/samsung/
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/samsung-sram.txt
F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt
L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Orphan
F: drivers/video/fbdev/omap2/
-F: Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
+F: Documentation/arm/omap/dss.rst
OMAP FRAMEBUFFER SUPPORT
L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org
Say Y to include VFP support code in the kernel. This is needed
if your hardware includes a VFP unit.
- Please see <file:Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt> for
+ Please see <file:Documentation/arm/vfp/release-notes.rst> for
release notes and additional status information.
Say N if your target does not have VFP hardware.
/*
* The public API for this code is documented in arch/arm/include/asm/mcpm.h.
* For a comprehensive description of the main algorithm used here, please
- * see Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt.
+ * see Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst.
*/
struct sync_struct mcpm_sync;
* Created by: Nicolas Pitre, March 2012
* Copyright: (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
*
- * Refer to Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt
+ * Refer to Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst
* for details of the synchronisation algorithms used here.
*/
* Copyright: (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
*
* This algorithm is described in more detail in
- * Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt.
+ * Documentation/arm/vlocks.rst.
*/
#include <linux/linkage.h>
* Copyright (C) 1997-1999 Russell King
*
* Structure passed to kernel to tell it about the
- * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/Setup
+ * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/setup.rst
* for more info.
*/
#ifndef __ASMARM_SETUP_H
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* Structure passed to kernel to tell it about the
- * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/Setup
+ * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/setup.rst
* for more info.
*/
#ifndef _UAPI__ASMARM_SETUP_H
* existing ones. This mechanism should be used only for things that are
* really small and justified, and not be abused freely.
*
- * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for formal definitions.
+ * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for formal definitions.
*/
THUMB( .arm )
#define C2_STATE (1 << 3)
/*
* Magic values for bootloader indicating chosen low power mode.
- * See also Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
+ * See also Documentation/arm/samsung/bootloader-interface.rst
*/
#define EXYNOS_SLEEP_MAGIC 0x00000bad
#define EXYNOS_AFTR_MAGIC 0xfcba0d10
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support the Gateworks
Avila Network Platform. For more information on this platform,
- see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
config MACH_LOFT
bool "Loft"
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support the ADI
Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform. For more
- information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
config MACH_GATEWAY7001
bool "Gateway 7001"
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's
IXDP425 Development Platform (Also known as Richfield).
- For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
config MACH_IXDPG425
bool "IXDPG425"
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's
IXDPG425 Development Platform (Also known as Montajade).
- For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
config MACH_IXDP465
bool "IXDP465"
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's
IXDP465 Development Platform (Also known as BMP).
- For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
config MACH_GORAMO_MLR
bool "GORAMO Multi Link Router"
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's
KIXRP435 Reference Platform.
- For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ For more information on this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
#
# IXCDP1100 is the exact same HW as IXDP425, but with a different machine
help
Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support the Motorola
PrPCM1100 Processor Mezanine Module. For more information on
- this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/IXP4xx>.
+ this platform, see <file:Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst>.
config MACH_NAS100D
bool
//
// S3C24XX Power Manager (Suspend-To-RAM) support
//
-// See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt for more information
+// See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst for more information
//
// Parts based on arch/arm/mach-pxa/pm.c
//
assistance.
A compliant bootloader is required in order to make maximum
- use of this feature. Refer to Documentation/arm/Booting for
+ use of this feature. Refer to Documentation/arm/booting.rst for
details.
config SWP_EMULATE
the CPU type fitted to the system. This permits binaries to be
run on ARMv4 through to ARMv7 without modification.
- See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for details.
+ See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for details.
However, the fixed address nature of these helpers can be used
by ROP (return orientated programming) authors when creating
depends on DEBUG_EXYNOS_UART || DEBUG_S3C24XX_UART || DEBUG_S3C2410_UART
help
Say Y here if you want verbose debugging from the PM Suspend and
- Resume code. See <file:Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt>
+ Resume code. See <file:Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst>
for more information.
config S3C_PM_DEBUG_LED_SMDK
Note, this can take several seconds depending on memory size
and CPU speed.
- See <file:Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt>
+ See <file:Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst>
config SAMSUNG_PM_CHECK_CHUNKSIZE
int "S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)"
the CRC data block will take more memory, but will identify any
faults with better precision.
- See <file:Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt>
+ See <file:Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst>
config SAMSUNG_WAKEMASK
bool
# http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/download.php
#
# Please do not send patches to this file; it is automatically generated!
-# To add an entry into this database, please see Documentation/arm/README,
+# To add an entry into this database, please see Documentation/arm/arm.rst,
# or visit:
#
# http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/?action=new
the system. This permits binaries to be run on ARMv4 through
to ARMv8 without modification.
- See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for details.
+ See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for details.
However, the fixed address nature of these helpers can be used
by ROP (return orientated programming) authors when creating
* aarch32_setup_additional_pages() and are provided for compatibility
* reasons with 32 bit (aarch32) applications that need them.
*
- * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for formal definitions.
+ * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for formal definitions.
*/
#include <asm/unistd.h>
ioport_resource.start = 0;
ioport_resource.end = ~0;
- /* intended to somewhat resemble ARM; see Documentation/arm/Booting */
+ /* intended to somewhat resemble ARM; see Documentation/arm/booting.rst */
if (fw_arg0 == 0 && fw_arg1 == 0xffffffff)
dtb = phys_to_virt(fw_arg2);
else if (fw_passed_dtb) /* UHI interface or appended dtb */
* keysize in CBC and ECB mode.
* Add support also for DES and 3DES in CBC and ECB mode.
*
- * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README
+ * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
*/
#include "sun4i-ss.h"
*
* Core file which registers crypto algorithms supported by the SS.
*
- * You could find a link for the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README
+ * You could find a link for the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
*/
#include <linux/clk.h>
#include <linux/crypto.h>
*
* This file add support for MD5 and SHA1.
*
- * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README
+ * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
*/
#include "sun4i-ss.h"
#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
* Support MD5 and SHA1 hash algorithms.
* Support DES and 3DES
*
- * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README
+ * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst
*/
#include <linux/clk.h>
* in the kernel). So this driver offers straight forward, reliable single
* touch functionality only.
*
- * s.a. A20 User Manual "1.15 TP" (Documentation/arm/sunxi/README)
+ * s.a. A20 User Manual "1.15 TP" (Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst)
* (looks like the description in the A20 User Manual v1.3 is better
* than the one in the A10 User Manual v.1.5)
*/
help
If you have a machine based on a SA1100/SA1110 StrongARM(R) CPU you
can enable its onboard serial port by enabling this option.
- Please read <file:Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART> for further
+ Please read <file:Documentation/arm/sa1100/serial_uart.rst> for further
info.
config SERIAL_SA1100_CONSOLE
projects / linux-2.6-microblaze.git / commitdiff